R55path Aucher-Eloy down.kmz

R55path Aucher-Eloy down

R55-022 Kourdeh
R55-022 Kourdeh : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3072499 coordinate: lat 27.7816 long 54.4232
NIMA/GNS names: Kurdeh , Kurdeh-e Lar , Kur-deh-Lar , کورده ,
VARIANT names: Kourdeh , Kurdeh ,
SOURCE for Kourdeh
« Un farsang environ après Kourdeh, est une montagne que nous traversâmes assez facilement, la route étant peu escarpée. Nous descendîmes ensuite environ pendant deux farsangs, avant d'arriver à Lar. Il y a sur la route une grande quantité de citernes, mais toutes en mauvais état, [About one farsang after Kourdeh, is a mountain that we crossed quite easily, the road being not very steep. We then descended for about two farsangs, before arriving at Lar. There are a large number of tanks on the road, but all in poor condition,] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 528
SOURCE for Kurdeh
« E dopo di aver camminato due altre ore, e di aver fatto in tutto tre leghe di viaggio, mi fermai a riposare vicino alla villa Kurdeh presso ad una delle gran cisterne [And after having walked two more hours, and having traveled three leagues in all, I stopped to rest near the Kurdeh villa near one of the large cisterns] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 383

R55-023 Lar : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3072906 coordinate: lat 27.683362 long 54.34172
NIMA/GNS names: Lar , Larestan , Shahr-e Qadim-e Lar , شهر قدیم لار , لار ,
VARIANT names: Laar , Laer , Lar , Lara , Larr , Lhaar , Lhor ,
SOURCE for Laar
« et après m'être remis enchemin, et avoir passé bien des caravanserais,de petites citernes, des canaux d'eau souterrains,quantité de masures et de ruines d'édifices, cnapprochant de la ville de Laar, j'y entrai sur lesonze heures du matin, [and after getting back on my way, and having passed many caravans, small cisterns, underground water channels, a number of hovels and ruins of buildings, approaching the town of Laar, I entered it on eleven o'clock in the morning,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 479
« Le 27, j'arrivai à Laar, au point du jour, car on ne me portoit que de nuit, à cause de la chaleur; [On the 27th, I arrived at Laar, at daybreak, because they only took me at night, because of the heat;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 80
« The tenth I had very ill way along the mountain: I preferred this before another fairer way, which I might have taken by the Plains, but more about by four Leagues: Late at night I came to the City of Laar. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Laer
« Le chemin delà juſques à Laer eft rempli de maifons de campagnede jardins. Nous traverfämes cette villeallåmes loger de l'autre côté, après une traite de 4. lieuës [The path beyond to Laer is filled with country houses and gardens. We crossed this town and went to stay on the other side, after a journey of 4 leagues] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
« 15 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
« Laer (Lar) for each carga half a mahmudi for rahdāri, in the case of silk one mahmūdi. If nothing has been paid in Küristan tolls have to be paid here. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Lar
« The invasion of Persia by the Afghans in 1721-22 was accompanied by an incursion of Baluchis from Makran into Kirman and Lar, where they committed serious depredations. In November 1721 the Baluchi hordes attacked the town of Lar, and in particular a caravansarai occupied by twelve Dutchmen who were escorting treasure of the Dutch East India Company; but the Hollanders beat off the attack with great loss to their assailants and with none to themselves, and subsequently, having removed into the Lår fort, defended that also with success. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915, ~ vol. 1 pt. 1 p. 63
« In a detailed article published in 1979,1 Heinz Gaube made an important contribution to our knowledge of the various stages of the important trade route which connected Bandar `Abbas with Lar, and onwards with Shiraz and Isfahan. In addition, Gaube gave us detailed information on the three types of khans or caravanserais which provided the traveler with shelter and often with food and fodder supplies on this route. By comparing the description of this trade route by Wilson in 1907 with those of some seventeenth century travelers Gaube concluded that very little had changed in 300 years. He » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 251
« 23rd March, Lar, 6 farsakhs ; 6.30 a.m. to
2 p.m. The Iwaz plain is twenty miles long, and little more than a mile wide. ... Lar has a garrison of thirty artillerymen, with six guns. The guns were stowed in the verandah of the Bagh-i- Nishat, so I had opportunities of inspecting them. They are one 12-pounder, one 9-pounder, and four 6-pounders ; all bronze guns. Four were cast in Tabriz, and two in Enzeli by a Tabriz workman. ... Lar has trade with Bombay through the three ports of Linga, Bandar Abbas, and Tahiri. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. 132 and 141-2
« [fol. 204r] The city of Lār, the capital of Carmania Deserta, is most ancient and is greatly esteemed by all the local Arabs. It is situated at the end of a large plain where the mountains, which run continously to this point, withdraw on both sides, and the terrain flattens out and opens up, creating an area more than three leagues wide. The mountains draw closer together again a little way past the city, creating a narrow pass or gorge through which the road leads to Shirāz. Lār is a little smaller than Hormuz, though its streets are not quite as narrow, nor are the houses as nicely built. The houses of Lār all have mud walls, plastered on the inside with that mud mixed with small bits of straw that was mentioned in the description of the fortress of Bandel. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 304
« Della Valle succumbed to the same fever, sensibly decided to leave the wretched Minab and somehow, in a state of semi-consciousness, survived the long, agonizing journey to Lar, an old town on the main route from Gamrf to Shiraz and a summer retreat for the coastal towns.(47) There he remained from January to June 1622, slowly recovering, readjusting his life and finding the determination to continue his travels. fn. 47 For Lår, its earlier history, contemporary seventeenth century accounts and an excellent bibliography, see Jean Calmard, Lär, Laristan', Encyclopaedia of Islam (2nd ed.), v, 665-76; Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique vues par les voyageurs européens (1640-1720), Paris, 1978; J. Aubin, Références pour Lar médiévale', Journal Asiatique, CCXLIII, 1955, 491-505. » #3215 J. D. Gurney, Pietro della Valle: The Limits of Perception, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, London, Vol. 49:No. 1,:pp. 103-116 ~ p. 111
« Im Jahre 1960 erschütterte ein schweres Erdbeben die Altstadt von Lar und ver- nichtete oder beschädigte zahlreiche historische Bauten. Die Stadt wurde an anderer Stelle etwa sechs Kilometer südlich wieder aufgebaut, das eigentliche Zentrum bildet aber die heute wieder instandgesetzte Altstadt mit der Bezeichnung Shahr-e qadim. Das Ortsbild von Lar läßt heute nur noch teilweise den mittelalterlichen oder safavidi- schen Zustand erkennen. [In 1960, a severe earthquake shook the old town of Lar and destroyed or damaged numerous historical buildings. The city was rebuilt at another location about six kilometers south, forming the actual center but the old town, which has been restored today and is called Shahr-e qadim. The townscape of Lar today only partially shows its medieval or Safavid condition.] » #3205 R. Pohanka, The historical buildings of the city of Lar., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1983 vol. 16:pp. 347-48. ~ p.327
« Il n'y a que deux carvanseras à Lar, l'un dans la ville qui n'est pas trop bon, et l'autre au bout de la ville, du côté d'Ormus, qui serait assez commode, n'était qu'il se remplit d'eau quand les grandes pluies viennent à tomber, et il faut attendre quelquefois des jours entiers que les eaux soient écoulées. [There are only two carvanseras in Lar, one in the town which is not too good, and the other at the end of town, on the Ormus side, which would be quite convenient, was only It fills with water when the heavy rains fall, and you sometimes have to wait for whole days for the water to drain.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 317-8
« 12 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 360
« Après l'avoir passé, nous arrivons enfin à Lâr, où nous descendons chez le gouverneur, qui nous avait fait préparer un logement dans son palais. [After passing it, we finally arrive at Lâr, where we stay at the governor's, who had prepared accommodation for us in his palace.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 433
« And from Tarum I journeyed to Lar (27), and from Lar to Bandar fn. 25 Kashan, Nain, Sirjan and Tarum, Iranian towns. fn. 26 Batman, a weight varying locally.fn. 27 Lar, a town in southern Iran. Nikitin visited it twice. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
« Retornando su la riva preditta a l'incontro de Ormuos se ritrova una terra chiamata Lar; 323) è terra grossa e bona; fa fogi .2000.; è mercadantesca e di passo, imperhochè quelli che vanno e vengono per questo colpho sempre danno di capo a questa terra. fn. 323. Lär è oggi, come ai tempi del Barbaro, la principale città dell'omonimo distretto del Fürs. Sorgeva su una delle strade carovaniere che congiungevano Shiraz con Hurmuz e in tempi più recenti con Bandar-Abbas. Il mercante e viaggiatore russo Afanasii Nikitin la visitò nel 1469, e poi di nuovo nel 1472, ma ha poco da raccontarne. Pietro della Valle soggiorno qualche tempo Lar al principio del 1622; cfr. i suoi Viaggi, ed. Torino (Brighton), 1843, III, pp. 301-326 0 332336. Per una breve descrizione della città, ed una incisione che ne mostra una parte, cfr. C. DE BRUYN, Travels into Muscovy, Persia and Part of the East-Indies, cit., II, p. 69. (Lo.) [Returning to the aforementioned shore at the meeting of Ormuos, one finds a land called Lar; 323) it is large and good land; it has 2000 leaves; it is a merchant and a transit land, because those who come and go by this river always end up at this land. fn. 323. Lär is today, as in the time of Barbaro, the principal city of the homonymous district of the Fürs. It arose on one of the caravan routes that connected Shiraz with Hurmuz and in more recent times with Bandar-Abbas. The Russian merchant and traveler Afanasii Nikitin visited it in 1469, and then again in 1472, but has little to say about it. Pietro della Valle stayed for some time in Lar at the beginning of 1622; cf. his Travels, ed. Turin (Brighton), 1843, III, pp. 301-326 0 332336. For a brief description of the city, and an engraving showing part of it, see C. DE BRUYN, Travels into Muscovy, Persia and Part of the East-Indies, cit., II, p. 69. (Lo.)] » #3310 Lockhart,L. Morozzo Della Rocca,R. Tiepolo,M.F., I viaggi in Persia degli ambasciatori veneti Barbaro e Contarini, Ist. Poligrafico dello Stato, 1973 ~ p. 148
« From there we continued our march for three days through [another] desert like the former, and came to the city of Lar, a large city with many springs and perennial streams and gardens, and with fine bazaars. (133) We stayed there in the hospice of the ascetic shaikh Abū Dulaf Muhammad (134) he was the person that we had in mind to visit at Khunju Pal.fn. 131764 This is the earliest mention of a town of Lar; the contemporary Persian geographer Mustawff (138) mentions Lär only as a district near the seacoast (adding, strangely, 'Its population are Muslims'), but twice men- tions the town of Laghir, on the main road to Shiraz, twelve farsakhs north- west of Khunj (176, n. 2).fn. 134 Not identified » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 p. 405
SOURCE for Lara
« Per monti e ſaſſi dirupati cammi nammo 7. ore il Sabato 2. ed a fine di 20-miglia giugnemmo in Lara Città capitale del Regno di tal nome. [We walked for 7 hours on Saturday 2nd through mountains and steep cliffs and at the end of 20 miles we reached Lara, the capital city of the Kingdom of that name.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 272
« Nous n'entråmes donc à Lara que le lendemain matin, et y trouvámes quatre Portugais résidents, qui attendaient là avec leurs marchandises de pouvoir se rendre à Ormuz. En effet, si l'on pouvait venir d'Ormuz en Perse, la route était coupée dans l'autre sens en raison de la guerre entre le Sofi et le roi d'Ormuz. [We therefore only entered Lara the next morning, and found there four Portuguese residents, who were waiting there with their goods to be able to go to Ormuz. Indeed, if one could come from Hormuz to Persia, the road was cut in the other direction due to the war between the Sofi and the king of Hormuz.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 103
« From here they set out, and on their journeys they went to the city of Lara, » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 250
SOURCE for Larr
« we sett forward and came to the citie of Larr [Lar] , where we were curteously entertayned by the darago, and a howse apoynted for vs to ly in, wth our provissions according to the quanti tie of the formaund sent in for three dayes together. Here we picht, hauing traveled 5 1ges. of a resonable waye but somthing stonie. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ pp. 82-3
« [28th February]. About 4 afternoon sett out for Larr, 5 farsangs; the first two very good way till come to Picataw, a good caravensaroy lyeing at the foot of a great mountain which must clime over to goe the other three farsangs to Laar. Stoney way.
note:Diary of 28 February 1707/8.
Laar. Lâr. Here again where one would expect a description of the city, Scattergood passes it over without remark. See Fryer (II, 190) and Le Bruyn (II, 69), who has an illustration of "Laer." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 49
SOURCE for Lhaar
« (die uyt Chiras, om met sijn wijn- caffila naer Bandhaar Gamron te verreysen twee dagen voorleden in Lhaar gecomen was [(who had arrived in Lhaar from Chiras two days before with his wine caffila to go to Bandhaar Gamron] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 45
« Deze ftad Lhaar legt op en tufſchen het gebergte, is tamelyk bebouwd, en vertoond zig door 't geboomte zeer vermakelyk. Het Kasteel legt op een berg, en is vry groot. De Wazier woond op een andren berg in cen treffelyk gebouw. Hier heeft men een uitnemende fchoone Balaar, of markt, met zeer nette gewelfzelen overdekt. Hier zyn ook veel Jooden. [This town of Lhaar lies on top of the mountains, is fairly built up, and is very attractive because of the trees. The Castle is located on a mountain, and is quite large. De Wazier lived on another mountain in a beautiful building. Here there is an excellent beautiful Balaar, or market, covered with very neat vaults. There are also many Jews here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 265
« Den 20. dito ten 2 uuren des 's nagts uyt Lhaar vertrokken zynde: quam zyn Ed: ten 7 uuren in het dorp Dehikoe [On the 20th of the same day, having left Lhaar at 2 o'clock in the morning, his Ed arrived at the village of Dehikoe at 7 o'clock.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 31. dito na 4 mylen dito ontrent 1 myl van Lhaar, bezoekende ondertufichen malkandren over en weder. [The 31st ditto after 4 miles ditto about 1 mile from Lhaar, meanwhile visiting each other.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Lhor
« Lhor is a City of an Ancient Date, and still retains its Name, which for that it was so guarded by Nature that it could not easily be conquered, held many Ages the Majesty of a Kingdom; but now it is governed by a Puritanical Caun (for that he has visited Ma/iomefs Tomb) under the Persian Emperor » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 191

R55-000 Chyraz
R55-000 Chyraz : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3085009 coordinate: lat 29.61003458 long 52.53094963
NIMA/GNS names: Chimaz , Chiraz , Schiras , Shiraz , Siraz , شیراز ,
VARIANT names: Chiras , Chiraz , Chyraz , Giras , Giraz , Schiras , Sciras , Sciraz , Scyras , Sehiras , Shira-its-tsi-ish , Shirass , Shiraz , Siras , Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz , Širaz , Sjiraas , Sjiraas , Stadt Siraes , Syras , Xiras , Xiraz , Zjie-raes ,
SOURCE for Chiras
« dinge alle de omleggende vlekken hooren, en daarvan hij in Chiras aan den gouverneur reekeningh doen moet, [let all the destroyers hear the things, and he must give an account of them to the governor in Chiras,] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 74
« Le 17, j'arrivai à Chiras, foible et défait, [On the 17th, I arrived in Chiras, weak and defeated,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 90
« Je n'ai point voulu marquer par le compas la route que je tenois , jour par jour, d'Ispalian à Chiras, car c'est presque la même chose chaque jour ; [I did not want to mark with the compass the route I took, day by day, from Ispalian to Chiras, because it is almost the same thing every day;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 241
SOURCE for Chiraz
« ITINÉRAIRE DE CHIRAZ A SIRAF. De Chiraz à Kafra كفرة village 15 milles.?? » #3001 Al-Idrisi, P. Amedee Jaubert, Geographie d'Edrisi, Bertrand, Paris, 1836 ~ vol. 1 p. 400
SOURCE for Chyraz
« Chyraz » in {map#1255 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / dressée par P. Lapie... ; gravée par Blondeau..., , 1810, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE C-10435}
« Chyraz » in {map#1253 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / Dressée par P. Lapie, ... pour les Voyages de Chardin ; Gravée par Blondeau, ..., , 1810, }
« Arrivé à la porte de Chyraz, un individu préposé à je ne sais quoi se jeta sur Alawerdi et le secoua avec violence; on lui demanda 2 krowns, je ne sais à quel titre. Alawerdi résista, mais le préposé s'empara du fusil qu'il portait en bandoulière. Je le laissai faire, bien persuadé que j'en obtiendrais raison. Je fus d'abord à la douane où je déposai mes effets qui furent culbutés,, Dieu sait comme! et me rendis ensuite chez le nabab où je retrouvai mon logement. [Arriving at the gate of Chyraz, an individual in charge of I don't know what threw himself on Alawerdi and shook him violently; he was asked for 2 krowns, I don't know for what reason. Alawerdi resisted, but the attendant grabbed the rifle he was carrying across his shoulder. I let him do it, fully convinced that I would get his way. I first went to customs where I deposited my belongings which were overturned, God knows how! and then went to the nawab where I found my accommodation.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 603
SOURCE for Giras
« GIRAS, cidade de - Shiraz, em 29° 38' lat. N. e 52° 31' long. E., na Pérsia. [P. Fernão Guerreiro - Relações Anais]. [GIRAS, city of - Shiraz, in 29° 38' lat. N. and 52° 31' long. E., in Persia. [P. Fernão Guerreiro - Annals].] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. D-N p. 85
SOURCE for Giraz
« From there they will go to the city of Vargim, and from there to the city of Giraz » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 249
SOURCE for Schiras
« Le seizième de mars à huit heures du matin, je partis de Schiras, et après six heures de marche dans la plaine, qui cesse d'être fertile à une lieue de la ville, [On the sixteenth of March at eight o'clock in the morning, I left Schiras, and after six hours of walking in the plain, which ceases to be fertile a league from the town,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 310
« J'arrivay à Schiras ſur les fix heures du ſoir ; [I arrived at Shiras around six o'clock in the evening;] » #3632 Tavernier, Jean-Baptiste, Les six voyages de Jean Baptiste Tavernier, Ecuyer Baron d'Aubonne, qu'il a fait en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes,, Chez Gervais Clouzier et Claude Barbin, 1676 ~ p. 656
« La Ville de Schiras, où nous arrivames enfin le 4 de Mars, n'eſt qu'à 1 mille de Tſchinar Raddar vers l'Eſt. Nous employames donc dixhuit jours, pour faire le Voyage d'Abuſchäbhr à Schiras, au lieu que fans cela, quelqu'un peut facilement faire ce Voyage en fix jours. La cauſe que nous étions fi longtems en chemin, n'étoit pas ſeulement le mauvais tems et le détour par Kormudſch, mais que la plus part des Marchandises de notre Kaffle, n'étoient chargées que fur des mauvais Anes, qui ne pouvoient faire que de petites journées. [The city of Shiras, where we finally arrived on March 4th, is only one mile east of Tſchinar Raddar.
It therefore took us eighteen days to make the journey from Abuſschäbhr to Shiras, whereas someone could easily make this journey in ten days. The reason we were so long on the road was not only the bad weather and the detour via Kormudſsh, but also that most of the goods in our wagon were loaded only onto poor donkeys, which could only travel for short periods.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 91
SOURCE for Sciras
« . Egli, mentre facemmo dimora a Sciras, non volle che noi ſpendeſsimo, per non offender le leggi dell'oſpitalità; [While we were staying in Sciras, he did not want us to spend money so as not to offend the laws of hospitality; ] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.263
SOURCE for Sciraz
« Fatta poi notte, di nuovo ci rimettemmo alla via; e il mercoledi, ventidue di giugno, camminate pian piano e molto adagio le due o tre sole leghe che restavano infin alla città di Sciraz, non prima dell'alba ci arrivamnto. [Then when night fell, we set off again; and on Wednesday, the twenty-second of June, you walked slowly and very slowly the only two or three leagues that remained until the city of Sciraz, arriving there not before dawn.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 362
« A due o tre ore di notte facemmo di nuovo levata, e dopo aver camminato tutto il resto della notte, il sabbato, sedici di ottobre, fatte le sci altre leghe che sole restavano a giorno chiaro, levato già il sole, arrivammo ai giardini di Sciraz, la qual città è situata pur in un bel piano circondato quasi d'ogn'intorno da monti, [At two or three o'clock in the morning we rose again, and after having walked all the rest of the night, on Saturday, the sixteenth of October, having skied the other leagues that were left in the light of day, the sun having already risen, we arrived at the gardens of Sciraz, which city is situated on a beautiful plain surrounded almost on all sides by mountains,] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 265
SOURCE for Scyras
« Het Landt roudtom Scyras is seer buchtbaar; maar boven al in Wijngaarden/die den Wijn voastrengen / welke dosz geheel Perfien, en selfs daar bupten / voor den besten van de ge heele Werelt gehouden. werdt / zijnde noch geuriger/ krachti ger/en forter als de Canarie-Sck. [The Land of Scyras is very famous; but above all in Vineyards / that supply the Wine / which are entirely Perfian, and even there / held for the best in the entire World. was / being neither more fragrant / more powerful / and stronger than the Canarie-Sck.] » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p. 354
SOURCE for Sehiras
« Having view'd these Antiquities, which with those of Derbent, were all we met with in our Travels, I prosecuted my jour|ney the 28. of Ianuary, and got that day ten Leagues, to the City of Sehiras. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 2
SOURCE for Shira-its-tsi-ish
see source « Syras »
SOURCE for Shirass
« Dined here and went away for Shirass, being 5 farsangs, bad way up hills and down ; about the middle of the way in a fine plain is a good caravensaroy. Arrjved at Shirass at 8 at night. 21st [February], being Sunday. Went away for Bobbahodge. 9 farsangs good way . » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 41
SOURCE for Shiraz
« This route passed Tarom, Forgh, Rustak, Darab, Darakan, Fasa, Sarvestan and then Shiraz, and from there onwards to Isfahan. This was the normal trade route prior the reign of Shah `Abbas I (1587-1629) . » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 252 and #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 67
« 24th February, Khan-i-Zanyan, 3 farsakhs ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. 25th February, Shiraz, 8 farsakhs ; 5.30 a.m. to 4 p.m. Next morning early, we saddled our horses for Shiraz. We had thirty-two miles to march, and the road, winding among bare mountain-tops, proved less interesting than any stage since Burazjan. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 45
« next night pitching a farfangh ſhort of Shiraz; where we expected a ceremonious entrance » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 132
« Hastening on towards Shiráz, I met a line inspector on tour, Mr Jefferies, who informed the that there was a riot taking place in the capital of Fárs. Accordingly, with very brief visits to the stupendous monuments of Persepolis, which I fortunately was able to examine carefully five years later, marched rapidly on, and being warned to avoid the town, proceeded to the beautiful Telegraph Garden, where I was most hospitably received by Dr Scully, the entertainer of almost every European traveller in Persia. » #1631 Sykes, Major P. Molesworth, Ten thousand miles in Persia or eight years in Iran, John Murray, London, 1902, ~ p. 80-81
« and thence in 5 leagues to the city of Shiraz. Total: from Yazdi-khwāst to Shiraz 44 leagues, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
« Further on, we passed the fine tomb of Shah Ameer Hamza, son of the Imaum Moosa; and crossing a bridge over the dry bed of a river, we entered Shiraz before dark. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 287
« Although the city is the capital of the historic province of Fars and by right of inheritance the successor to the glory of Persepolis, the claim which Shiraz can make to eminence by reason of antiquity is not comparable with that of either Hamadan or Rei in Media of old. The general location of the city, it is true, is probably an ancient one, as shown by the vestiges of Achsemenian and Sasanian ruins in the vicinity, » #3178 Jackson, A. V. Williams, Persia past and present; a book of travel and research, with more than two hundred illustrations and a map, The Macmillan Company, London, 1906 ~ p. 324
SOURCE for Siras
« The 24th daye about 12 a clok att night we did sett out of the citie of Siras, comonly called by the inhabitans Shiras, and traveling over theplayne, » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p.78
« In our Stay here we had Opportunity to observe Siras, not only by Fame, but indeed to be, second to none, except the Royal City, in the whole Empire: » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 211
« Siras (Shirāz) for each carga half a mahmudi as in Lār » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz
« fn. 30. Bembo gives three spellings for Shiraz: "Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz." Persepolis is 80 km north of Shiraz. The plain to which Bembo refers is Marv Dasht, and he gives the name "Mircascun" to the town of Zargan. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 298
SOURCE for Širaz
« Širāz VI C4
Id Iran
Métropole (misr) de la province du Fāris et circonscription
IV 391 » #2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 58
SOURCE for Sjiraas
« Den 11. dito na 2 mylen, aan de voor aan in Sjiraas gelegene Tsaarbag, daar van velen verwelkomt wierd. [The 11th ditto after 2 miles, at the front of Tsarbag located in Shiraas, where many were welcomed.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
« Den 7. dito vertrokken wy van Sjiraas, hadden een goeden weg, en rondom ons veel dorpen. [On the 7th we left Shiraas, had a good road, and many villages around us.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
« Den 6. dito wierd zyn. Ed: door eenige Armeniers bezogt, door hen met eenige tafel-vrugten beichonken, en 's namiddags door deneerſten ſchryver des Viziers verzogt, om op te zitten, weshalven zyn ed: na Sjiraas vertrok, [On the 6th his Ed: was visited by some Armenians, by whom he was refreshed with some table fruits, and in the afternoon he was requested by the chief scribe of the Vizier to sit on, wherefore his Ed: departed after Sjiraas,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
SOURCE for Stadt Siraes
« 7 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 384
« 23 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 361
SOURCE for Syras
« Persia alla via di levante (A levante, ove prima si trova la città de Syras la quale) li..20., ha populo inumerabile, mercadanti assaissimi, perchè tutti i mercadanti che vengono da le parte di sopra, cioè da Ere, Sanmarcahanthe (299) e da li in suso (volendo vegnir per la via de la Persia) passano per Syras, (300) fn. 299. Sanmarcahanth Samarcanda, la principale città della Transoxiana. RUY GONZALES DE CLAVIJO, che Enrico III di Castiglia aveva inviato come ambasciatore a Timur nel 1405, ci ha lasciato una descrizione di Samarcanda quale era ai suoi tempi; cfr. la sua opera Embassy to Tamerlane, cit., pp. 285-290. (Lo.) fn. 300. Syras Shiraz. Contrariamente a quanto comunemente si crede, Shiraz è una città molto antica. Poco dopo la seconda guerra mondiale, G. Cameron scopri a Persepoli alcune tavolette in lingua elamita, recanti dettagli sulle paghe degli operai ivi impegnati nella costruzione del palazzo di Dario; su una di tali tavolette compare il nome di Shiraz, sotto la forma Shira-its-tsi-ish. Si ha così la prova che la città esisteva già nel periodo degli Achemenidi. In quel tempo, tuttavia, essa era messa in ombra da Persepoli. Sotto i Sasanidi Shiraz fu capitale dell'Ardashir Khurreh, uno dei cin- que distretti in cui era divisa la provincia del Färs. ... [Persia on the eastern road (To the east, where first is the city of Syras which) li..20., has an innumerable population, very many merchants, because all the merchants who come from the upper parts, that is from Ere, Sanmarcahanthe (299) and from there upwards (wanting to come by the road to Persia) pass through Syras, (300) fn. 299. Sanmarcahanth Samarkand, the principal city of Transoxiana. RUY GONZALES DE CLAVIJO, whom Henry III of Castile had sent as ambassador to Timur in 1405, has left us a description of Samarkand as it was in his time; cf. his work Embassy to Tamerlane, cit., pp. 285-290. (Lo.) fn. 300. Syras Shiraz. Contrary to popular belief, Shiraz is a very ancient city. Shortly after the Second World War, G. Cameron discovered in Persepolis some tablets in the Elamite language, containing details of the wages of the workers employed there in the construction of the palace of Darius; on one of these tablets the name of Shiraz appears, in the form Shira-its-tsi-ish. This is evidence that the city already existed in the period of the Achaemenids. At that time, however, it was overshadowed by Persepolis. Under the Sassanids Shiraz was the capital of Ardashir Khurreh, one of the five districts into which the province of Färs was divided. ...] » #3310 Lockhart,L. Morozzo Della Rocca,R. Tiepolo,M.F., I viaggi in Persia degli ambasciatori veneti Barbaro e Contarini, Ist. Poligrafico dello Stato, 1973 ~ p. 142
SOURCE for Xiras
« A 24, vispera de Sancta Catalina martir, despues de auer enuiado delante muy de mañana el Enbaxador su rrecamara y todas las demas cargas, le vinieron á dar auiso como le querian ya salir á reçibir de Xiras, [On the 24th, the eve of Sancta Catalina martyr, after the Enbaxador had sent his chamber and all the other loads in front of him very early in the morning, they came to inform him how they wanted him and to leave to receive Xiras,] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 332
« A 5 de Abril, en la tarde, salio el Enbaxador de Xiras, dexando algunos criados suyos con mas de çiento y çinquenta cargas de la pimienta que se lleuaua al rey de Persia, [On April 5th, in the afternoon, the Ambassador of Xiras left, leaving some of his servants with more than one hundred and fifty loads of pepper that he was taking to the King of Persia.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 367
SOURCE for Xiraz
« XIRAZ, cidade de - Shiraz, em 29° 38' lat. N. e 52° 31' long. E., na Pérsia. [João de Barros-Da Asia). [XIRAZ, city of - Shiraz, in 29° 38' lat. N. and 52° 31' long. E., in Persia. [João de Barros-From Asia).] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. O-Z p. 287
SOURCE for Zjie-raes
« arriv?mes à minuit au Caravanserai de Babbahad-jie, à 5. lieuës de Zjie-raes. [and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Babbahad-jie, 5 leagues from Zjie-raes.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 312

R55-000a rahadar
R55-000a rahadar : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Bagh-e Khowshru , Chenan-i-Rahdar , Chenar Rahdar , Chenar-i-Rahdar , Khowshru , Rahdar , باغ خوشرو , چنار راهدار , خوشرو ,
VARIANT names: Chanar-i-Rahdar , Chenar Rahdar , Chinar , Chinarada , Chinarada caravanserai , Tschinar Raddar ,
SOURCE for Chanar-i-Rahdar
« CHANAR-I-RAHDAR-LAT. 39° 36' N. LONG. 52° 27' E. ELEV. 5,300'.A caravanserai and toll station, 8 miles west of Shiraz, on the banks of the Kara Aghach river, which is crossed here by a bridge. Trotter reverses the name and calls it Rähdär-i-Chanār.-(Trotter-Curzon, 1889-New-comen, 1905.) » #3545 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III. IOR/L/MIL/17/15/2/2, Government Monotype Press, India, 1910 ~ p. 200
SOURCE for Chenar Rahdar
« Saturday May 10th at 1.30 a.m. we started for 28 miles into Shiraz past the Caravanserai of Chenar Rahdar at 22 miles. » #3182 Captain John Compton Pyne, A Journal of Three Months’ Walk in Persia in 1884 by Captain John Compton Pyne: Introduction, Notes and Translation, Amsterdam University Press, 2017 ~ p. 87
SOURCE for Chinar
« After two long days of plodding constantly downwards, we had now come to the final descent, and at last, by the caravanserai of Chinar, » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Chinarada
« We breakfasted in the caravansarai of Chinarâda, and rode rapidly over the last eight miles to Shiraz. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Chinarada caravanserai
« CHINARADA-LAT. LONG. ELEV.A caravanserai in Färs, 8 miles west of Shiraz on the road to Bushire, -(Stack) » #3545 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III. IOR/L/MIL/17/15/2/2, Government Monotype Press, India, 1910 ~ p. 213
SOURCE for Tschinar Raddar
« et nous campames près de Tſchinar Raddar une maiſon de péage à la riviere. Sur la route entre Abuſchähhr et Schirâs il y a proprement fix comptoirs de péage. Les Européens, à ce qu'on prétend, ne feroient pas obligés felon leurs priviléges d'y payer la moindre Choſe. [And we camped near Tſchinar Raddar at a tollhouse on the river. On the road between Abuſchähhr and Shiras, there are indeed fixed tollbooths. Europeans, it is claimed, are not obliged, according to their privileges, to pay the slightest thing there.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 91

R55-001 Khonazenioun
R55-001 Khonazenioun : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Khan-e Zenyan , Khaneh Zenyan , Khaneh-ye Zenyan , Khan-i-Zinian , خانه زنیان ,
VARIANT names: Khaneh Zenyan , Khan-i-Zanyan , Khan-i-Zinyan ,
SOURCE for Khaneh Zenyan
« Khaneh Zenyan » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars}
SOURCE for Khan-i-Zanyan
« 24th February, Khan-i-Zanyan, 3 farsakhs ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. We started for Khan-i- Zanyan in a snowstorm. The road ascends into the mountain-tops, and winds among them. Under the grey sky, the rounded slopes and summits reminded me of Irish hill-tops of bog and heather. Five miles from Khan-i-Zanyan the road comes down on the Qara-Agach (6) river, fn. 6 The name is Turkish, and signifies " black tree." Possibly it may have been suggested by the dark branches of the willows which fill the stony bed of the stream. It is one of the largest rivers of Southern Persia. I crossed it twice again on my way to Lar, the last time almost at the end of its explored course, before it enters the unknown country through which it finds its way to the Persian Gulf. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 44
SOURCE for Khan-i-Zinyan
« « The muleteer took good care not to start from here for the next stage Khan-i-Zinyan till well after sunrise, for the road passes thro’ what is supposed to be the haunt of the lion. » #3182 Captain John Compton Pyne, A Journal of Three Months’ Walk in Persia in 1884 by Captain John Compton Pyne: Introduction, Notes and Translation, Amsterdam University Press, 2017~ The muleteer took good care not to start from here for the next stage Khan-i-Zinyan till well after sunrise, for the road passes thro’ what is supposed to be the haunt of the lion. » #3182 Captain John Compton Pyne, A Journal of Three Months’ Walk in Persia in 1884 by Captain John Compton Pyne: Introduction, Notes and Translation, Amsterdam University Press, 2017 ~ p. 81

R55-001a Dastergen
R55-001a Dastergen : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Dachte-Arjan , Dasht-e Arjan , Dasht-e Arzhan , Dasht-e Arzhaneh , Dasht-i- Arjan , دشت ار?ن ,
VARIANT names: Dasht Arjin , Dasht-Arjun , Dasht-e Arzhan , Dasht-i-Arzin , Dastergen , Dusht-urgeon ,
SOURCE for Dasht Arjin
« « This was our goal after that climb over Pir Zan and thecold. Dasht Arjin (69) it is called. That house is the TelegraphSta.fn. 69 De Windt (1891), p. 197: “’The Plain of Wild Almonds,’ a kind of plateau to which the ascent is steep and difficult, one might have been in Switzerland or the Tyrol. Undulating, densely wooded hills, with a background of steep limestone cliffs, their sharp peaks, just tipped with snow, standing out crisp and clear against the cloudless sky, formed a fitting frame to the lovely picture before us; the pretty village, trees blossoming on all sides, fresh green pastures overgrown in places by masses of fern and wild flowers, and the white foaming waterfall dashing down the side of the mountain, to lose itself in the blue waters of a huge lake just visible in the plains below. The neighbourhood of » #3182 Captain John Compton Pyne, A Journal of Three Months’ Walk in Persia in 1884 by Captain John Compton Pyne: Introduction, Notes and Translation, Amsterdam University Press, 2017~ » #3182 Captain John Compton Pyne, A Journal of Three Months’ Walk in Persia in 1884 by Captain John Compton Pyne: Introduction, Notes and Translation, Amsterdam University Press, 2017 ~ p. 79
SOURCE for Dasht-Arjun
« 23rd February, Dasht-Arjun, 8 farsakhs ; 6.30 a.m. to 8 p.m. The stage from Qazran to Dasht-Arjun is the best of all in point of scenery, but it is a long day's march thirty-two miles, with two kotals. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 39
« Dasht-Arjun village was dimly seen at the farther end. Night fell before we reached the telegraph-station. … We were hospitably welcomed in the telegraph- office, and rejoiced in a warm fire and a good dinner. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 42
SOURCE for Dasht-e Arzhan
« Dasht-e Arzhan » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ Abb. 5 p. 10
SOURCE for Dasht-i-Arzin
« It was, indeed, a dreary scene, and the hearts of all of us were glad when we passed through a graveyard decked with grotesque stone lions, close under the rocky heights of the far extremity of the plain, and came in to the welcome sight of a blazing fire at the telegraph office of Dasht-i-Arzin. » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 117
SOURCE for Dastergen
« nous descendîmes dans une vallée cernée de toutes parts par des montagnes où est bâti un mauvais village nommé Dastergen; une source abondante sort tout à côté du pied de la montagne et forme une petite rivière qui traverse la vallée et de- vient ensuite un marécage, faute d'écoulement; » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 500
SOURCE for Dusht-urgeon
« On gaining the summit, we had before us, on the western side, the fine plain of Dusht-urgeon, so called from a particular tree of the latter name being common near it. The large village of the same name appeared seated immediately beneath the cliff" of the north-western hills ; and just before sunset we entered it. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 316

R55-002 Kotali-pirézend caravansérail
R55-002 Kotali-pirézend caravansérail : place IRN (caravanserai) NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 29.5577 long 51.908369 † basis (p) VARIANT names: Caravansera Kotel , Karavanserail Miankotal/Miyankotal I , Miankatel Caravanserai , SOURCE for Caravansera Kotel « In about two hours we came to a caravansera, which forms a station for the passengers on this road ; and our fatigue would have induced us to halt here, but that there was at present neither water nor food for us or our horses, and it was therefore necessary to proceed. This station is called simply Caravansera Kotel, and is estimated to be only four fursucks from Dusht-urgeon ; but if this be correct, the distance must be measured in a straight line, as in actual surface we thought it at least six. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ pp. 319-320 SOURCE for Karavanserail Miankotal/Miyankotal I « Karavanserail Miankotal/Miyankotal (Taf. 4; 5,1) (Abb. 5; 48) (39)Lage: Miankotal (Zwischen den Pässen) liegt zwi-schen dem Paß des Mädchens (Kotal-e Dukhtar) und dem >>>Paß der Alten Frau (Kotal-e Pir-e Zan), unterhalb der Paßhöhe (+2160 m ü. N. N.) des Kotal-e Pir-e Zan, 6 km südwestlich vom Paß entfernt und etwa 12 km östlich vom Karavanserail Kotal-e Dukhtar, am alten, heute aufgegebe-nen und kaum noch befahrbaren Karawanenweg von Bus-hehr nach Shiraz (Abb. 6) in + 1600 m ü. N. N., also 560 m unterhalb der Paßhöhe des Kotal-e Pir-e Zan. Seit der Verle-gung der Straße ist auch das Dorf Miankotal (Miyankotal) (Abb. 48, Hausruinen) aufgegeben.Typ: Es handelt sich um zwei Karavanserails, die im Abstand von 5 m nebeneinander stehen. Beide Gebäude ent-sprechen dem Hoftyp.Großes Karavanserail: Hofkaravanserail mit vier Iwa-nen, 3 Stallabteilungen, einer Terrasse an der Südecke, vorgezogenem Portalbau und rückwärtiger Hofanlage (Abb. 49).Kleines Karavanserail: Hofkaravanserail mit vier Iwanen, vier Stallabteilungen und rückwärtigem Anbau (Taf. 5,2.3) (Abb. 50).Abmessungen: Großer Bau: Außenmaße ohne Vor-sprünge 63 x 54 m, Hofabmessungen 38 x 30 m (Abb. 49). Höhe des Portalbaus 6,80 m (Abb. 51). An der Südecke ist unter Ausnutzung der Hanglage ein Untergeschoß, vom Portalbau aus zugänglich, als Stallung eingerichtet (Abb. 52).Kleiner Bau: Außenmaße ohne Anbau 38 × 34,50 m, Hofabmessungen 21 x 20 m (Abb. 50) und 4,90 m rekonstru-ierte Fassadenhöhe (Abb. 53).Baumaterial: Beide Bauten sind in Bruchsteinmauer-werk errichtet, die Hoffassaden und der Portalbau des großen Karavanserails sind mit sauber geschnittenem Quader-mauerwerk verkleidet.Bauliche Besonderheiten und Zustand: Das kleine Ka-ravanserail ist sehr stark zerstört, das große Karavanserail durch Erdbeben erheblich beschädigt und teilweise einge-stürzt.Inschriften: von beiden Bauten nicht bekannt.Datierung: Der kleine Bau kann als Vorgänger des grö-Beren Karavanserails angesehen werden. Der große Bau ist in qadjarischer Zeit, im 19. Jahrhundert errichtet worden.Im Bereich des kleinen Karavanserails wurden Bruch-stücke von Hufeisen und dunkelgraubraune, unglasierte Ke-ramik (Abb. 54) gefunden.fn 39 Das große Karavanserail wurde am 5. 12. 1988 und das kleine Kara-vanserail am 9. 3. 1990 vermessen. [Miankotal/Miyankotal Caravanserai (Plate 4; 5.1) (Figs. 5; 48) (39)Location: Miankotal (Between the Passes) lies between the Girl's Pass (Kotal-e Dukhtar) and the Old Woman's Pass (Kotal-e Pir-e Zan), below the summit (+2160 m a.s.l.) of Kotal-e Pir-e Zan, 6 km southwest of the pass and about 12 km east of the Kotal-e Dukhtar Caravanserai, on the old, now abandoned and barely passable caravan route from Bushehr to Shiraz (Fig. 6) at +1600 m a.s.l., i.e., 560 m below the summit of Kotal-e Pir-e Zan. Since the road was rerouted, the village of Miankotal (Miyankotal) (Fig. 48, ruins of houses) has also been abandoned.Type: These are two caravanserails, standing 5 m apart. Both buildings are of the courtyard type.Large Caravanserail: Courtyard caravanserail with four iwans, three stable compartments, a terrace at the south corner, a projecting gatehouse, and a rear courtyard (Fig. 49).Small Caravanserail: Courtyard caravanserail with four iwans, four stable compartments, and a rear extension (Plate 5.2.3) (Fig. 50).Dimensions: Large building: External dimensions without projections 63 x 54 m, courtyard dimensions 38 x 30 m (Fig. 49).Height of the gatehouse 6.80 m (Fig. 51). At the southern corner, taking advantage of the slope, a basement level, accessible from the gatehouse, was constructed as a stable (Fig. 52).Smaller building: External dimensions without extensions 38 × 34.50 m, courtyard dimensions 21 × 20 m (Fig. 50), and a reconstructed facade height of 4.90 m (Fig. 53).Building material: Both buildings are constructed of rubble masonry; the courtyard facades and the gatehouse of the larger caravanserail are faced with neatly cut ashlar masonry.Structural features and condition: The smaller caravanserail is heavily damaged, while the larger caravanserail was significantly damaged by earthquakes and partially collapsed.Inscriptions: None known from either building.Dating: The smaller building can be considered the predecessor of the larger caravanserail. The large structure was built during the Qajar period, in the 19th century.Fragments of horseshoes and dark gray-brown, unglazed ceramics (Fig. 54) were found in the area of ??the small caravanserail.fn 39 The large caravanserail was surveyed on December 5, 1988, and the small caravanserail on March 9, 1990.] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 32 SOURCE for Miankatel Caravanserai « Miankatel Caravanserai is one of the buildings of the Safavid era in Kazeroon. This caravanserai is the only stone caravanserai in Iran [1] and it is located in Baram plain. This caravanserai was built by the order of Shah Abbas Safavi, and for this reason it is also called Shah Abbasi Caravanserai. The total area of this large building, which has a rectangular plan, is about 3500 square meters, of which 2500 square meters are the basement of the cells around the central courtyard. The main feature of this caravanserai .is its special facade and walls, which are entirely made of a stone called Malon (marl) » [accessed 24 May 2024]

R55-003 Kazeroun
R55-003 Kazeroun : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Kasrun , Kazarun , Kazeroun , Kazerun , كازرون ,
VARIANT names: Cazerún , Kauzeroon , Kazarun , Kazerun , Kazirun , Kazroûn , Qazran ,
SOURCE for Cazerún
« Having penetrated many difficult passes of the Kutel, whilst the narrow valley of Tang-i-Turkán (persian text) was below us on the right, we came to Deris (persian text), once a very large town; now inhabited only by a few poor people. Among the ruins (chiefly consisting of vaulted rooms and arches), I could remark but two buildings in a perfect state. The cemetery, through which our road lay, indi- cated an ample degree of former population, and was ornamented or guarded by the figure of a lion cut in stone. Five or six miles farther we reached our tents, close to the fine garden of Cazerún (persian text), and about three quarters of a mile from that city. The journey of this day was twenty miles » #2876 William Ouseley, Travels in Various Countries of the East, More Particularly Persia Vol. 1, Rodwell and Martin, London, 1819, ~ vol. 1 pp. 270-1
SOURCE for Kauzeroon
« Kauzeroon » in {map#1120 General Map of Persia, James Silk Buckingham, , #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971 ~}
« According to Col. Pelly, “Kauzeroon is the principal town and a sort of half-way point
between Bushehr and Shirauz.”(8) It was 113 km from Shiraz and 155 km from Bushehr. Coming
from Bushehr a traveler went via Borazjan, Daleki, and the Kamarej plain to the entrance
of the valley of Shapur, “which was protected by neglected defense works is called Tang-e
Chitun.”(9)
fn. 9. Johnson 1818, p. 47. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 67
SOURCE for Kazarun
mentioned in Tawwadj EI X:398b
SOURCE for Kazerun
« Kazerun » in {map#1012 Fig. 2 Map showing major rivers, ground above 500m (sMded in gray) and the location
of individual Site Codes., Priestman, Seth M.N, 2005, #2855 Priestman, Seth M.N., Settlement and ceramics in Southern Iran: An analysis of the Sasanian and Islamic periods in the Williamson collection, Durham these, Durham University, Durham, 2005 ~} p. 46
« According to Ibn Howqal (943-69), Kazerun was well-built and the houses were of stone set
in mortar. Istakhri (tenth century) commented that the houses in Kazerun were like those
elsewhere in the province of Shapur, viz. they were built of adobe, but stones and gypsum
also were used. Because of the size, development, and fertility of the district and the closed
nature of the grouping of the houses they usually were very well built. Kazerun also had larger
buildings, villas, more fertile soil and better air than Nubendegan. In those respects Kazerun
was the healthiest town in Iran.(26) The entire urban area was filled with villas, orchards and
palm groves that extend to the left and right. Kazerun was a walled town with a suburb, and
it produced many fruits.(27)
fn. 27. Schwarz 1993, vol. 1, pp. 33-34. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 70
SOURCE for Kazirun
« passes the city of Jirrah [31], which is some miles south-east of Kazirun. » #2866 Guy Le Strange, Mesopotamia and Persia under the Mongols in the Fourteenth Century A.D. from the Nuzhat-al-Kulub of Hamd-Allah Mustawfi, Royal Asiatic Society, 1903, ~ p. 69
« The city of Kâzirûn century when Shapur fell to ruin, became the most important town of the Shapur district. Ibn Hawkal describes it as in his time smaller than Nawbandajân, but well-built, the houses being of stone set in mortar. » #895 Le Strange, G., The lands of the Eastern Caliphate. Mesopotamia, Persia, and Central Asia from the Moslem conquest to the time of Timur., Cambridge University Press, London, 1905, ~ p. 266
SOURCE for Kazroûn
« Kâzroûn 7 Farsangs » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 492
SOURCE for Qazran
« 21st February, Qazrân, 5 farsakhs ; 7 a.m. to 2 p.m.-Our next stage was Qazrân. Going down the middle of the Kamarij plain, we made our exit from it over low hills, … The town is an ancient one, and, like most Persian towns, has seen better days. It may have 8000 inhabitants at present. It suffered severely in the famine of 1879 and 1880. The qanats on which the water supply depends, dried up; many people died, and many more had to leave the place and seek work and food in Bushire or Shiraz. The antiquities of the place are to be found on the green hills behind the town. They consist of some traces of an old fort, and an empty cistern, which supplied the fort with water. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 pp. 36-7

R55-005 Kamaratich
R55-005 Kamaratich : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Kamarady , Kamaraj , Kamaraj-e Markazi , Kamarej , Kamarij , Komaradj , کمارج , کمارج مرکزی ,
VARIANT names: Comúredge , Kamarij , Kamariz , Kanaredj , Khaumaridge , Komaradj , Konoridgé , Kumarij , Kumarij kotal ,
SOURCE for Comúredge
« Khisht is enumerated among the towns of Fars by EBN HAUKAL in the tenth century (17), and it would appear that Khisht and Comúredge were both considered in the fourteenth century as holding a higher rank than can be now assigned to them, although the inhabitants have, probably, retained their character unaltered. "They are," says HAMDALLAH MASTOWFI, "two cities or towns "situate in the midst of the mountainous region of the 4 garmsir (or warm country); they have running streams, "and produce date-trees and corn, and nothing else. The "corn is watered here both artificially, and by rain; and "the men are thieves and highway robbers, expert in "the use of arms"(18). HA'FIZ ABRU's account of Khisht and Comáredge is borrowed almost verbally from the description above-quoted; he reduces them to small cities or towns, and adds, (what we found in one instance to be true) that the water was "warm and unpleasant". » #2876 William Ouseley, Travels in Various Countries of the East, More Particularly Persia Vol. 1, Rodwell and Martin, London, 1819, ~ vol. 1 pp. 268-9
SOURCE for Kamarij
« 20th February, Kamárij, 3 farsakhs; 9 a.m. to 2 p.m.-Next day we marched only twelve miles to Kamarij. The road traverses a corner of the Khisht plain, leaving rice-fields and date- groves on the left, and enters the low hills which run out from the foot of the Kamarij kotala second flight of rocky stairs, 1200 feet high, » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. 34
SOURCE for Kamariz
Kunar Takhta (57) to Kamariz is about another 12 miles, withanother big climb, one mass of huge bare rock, ghastly roadand very much the same sort of plateau at the top withKamariz(58) in it
fn. 57 Vilmorin (1895), pp. 337-338: “Konar-Takhte lies in one of these little clumps of [date palms]. A village made up of mounds of reedsand an Indo-European Telegraph station: nice little villa, built for the line inspectors posted there… Three rooms, very comfortableand very carefully whitewashed, are put at our disposal by a Persian, temporarily in charge of the villa. The ceiling of these rooms issupported by round joists, covered with mats; this type of construction clearly dates back to what was here before the advent of Islam;however the layout and arrangement of the villa’s rooms belies the love of the English for the comfortable. Using the means at ourdisposal, the rooms, completely devoid of furniture, were soon readied; I installed myself very comfortably in my room, with my tentaccessories for furniture. Only one room in the villa was locked, as it was reserved solely for the inspectors...”
fn. 58 Loti (1900), p. 41: “Konoridgé, the village where we would spend the night; soon we could make out the beautiful date palms whichshelter it, its little mosques and all the white terraces with their star-given blue hue. There must be a festival going on, as we could nowhear the tambourines, the flutes, and from time to time, women shouting for joy in a manner as piercing as that in Algeria, the cry ofthe Moorish women…” Also – he refers to it as “the enchanted village”.
« Kunar Takhta (57) to Kamariz is about another 12 miles, withanother big climb, one mass of huge bare rock, ghastly roadand very much the same sort of plateau at the top withKamariz(58) in it
fn. 58 Loti (1900), p. 41: “Konoridgé, the village where we would spend the night; soon we could make out the beautiful date palms whichshelter it, its little mosques and all the white terraces with their star-given blue hue. There must be a festival going on, as we could nowhear the tambourines, the flutes, and from time to time, women shouting for joy in a manner as piercing as that in Algeria, the cry ofthe Moorish women…” Also – he refers to it as “the enchanted village”. » #3182 Captain John Compton Pyne, A Journal of Three Months’ Walk in Persia in 1884 by Captain John Compton Pyne: Introduction, Notes and Translation, Amsterdam University Press, 2017 ~ p. 53
SOURCE for Kanaredj
« In an hour afterwards we reached its boundary, having on tbe right a long village called Kanaredj, and by the road-side a small caravansera. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 342
SOURCE for Khaumaridge
« Khaumaridge » in {map#1161 Route of H.M. Mission through Persia on 1809, , , #3070 James Justinian Morier, A Journey Through Persia, Armenia, and Asia Minor, to Constantinople, in the Years 1808 and 1809, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, London, 1812 ~}
SOURCE for Komaradj
SOURCE for Konoridgé
see source « Kamariz »
SOURCE for Kumarij
« There are two alternative routes between Kazerun, Kumarij and Konar Takhteh. One, the Rah-i-Bardun, over the Kuh-i-Mast, is often used by Khurshid Khan for caravans to Kazerun, when he is at strife with the kashkulis. The other route from Kazerun leaves the main track at the caravanserai and passes by the Kuh-i-Surkh road to the north of Kumarij till it descends on to the Konar Takhteh plain, thus avoiding the Tang-i-Turkan, Kumarij and the Kotal-i-Kumarij altogether. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 186
SOURCE for Kumarij kotal
« The scene during the ascent of the Kumarij kotal was magnificent. On one side of a huge chasm the path wound tortuously upward ; the other was a sheer precipice, down which Nature in a fantastic mood had fashioned vertical strata-seams straight down the face of the rock. » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 63

R55-004 Konakta-Khan caravansérail
R55-004 Konakta-Khan caravansérail : place IRN (caravanserai) NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 29.536552 long 51.396576 † basis (p) VARIANT names: Kanarattakh caravanserai , Karavanserail Konartakhteh , Koneh Takhta caravansera , SOURCE for Kanarattakh caravanserai « Kanarattakh caravanserai is one of the historical monuments of Kazerun region. This caravanserai , which dates back to the Safavid era , is located in the city of Kanar Takhteh . The materials used in the construction of this building are stone and plaster, which are used to support the roof of the Toizeh arch and the pointed arch, which is one of the characteristics of Iranian architecture » [accessed 24 May 2024] SOURCE for Karavanserail Konartakhteh « Karavanserail Konartakhteh (Abb. 5) (27)Lage: 22 km nordöstlich des Karavanserails Pol-e Hadji Mahamad Rahim und 23 km südwestlich des Ortes Kama-radj, in + 480 m ü. N. N., inmitten des Ortes.Typ: Ein Bau, etwa in der Größe des Karavanserails Kamaradj I.Datierung: Qadjarisch, 19. Jahrhundert.fn 27 Konartakhteh wurde am 9. 11. 1990 besucht. Eine Vermessung war wegen unfreundlichen Verhaltens der Bevölkerung nicht möglich. [ 1,162 Konartakhteh Caravanserail (Fig. 5) (27)Location: 22 km northeast of the Pol-e Hadji Mahamad Rahim Caravanserail and 23 km southwest of the village of Kamaradj, at an elevation of 480 m above sea level, in the center of the village.Type: A single structure, approximately the size of the Kamaradj I Caravanserail.Dating: Qajar, 19th century.(Fig. 27) Konartakhteh was visited on November 9, 1990. A survey was not possible due to the unfriendly behavior of the local population.] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 25 SOURCE for Koneh Takhta caravansera « and iD half an hour afterwards we alighted at the caravansera of Koneh Takhta, where we refreshed. This village contains only a few houses and huts, seated in the centre of a fine and extensive plain, to the north of which were large groves of trees and gardens. . From hence in two hours we came to another Rah DaD » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 343

R55-006a Caravanserai Dalaki
R55-006a Caravanserai Dalaki : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 29.434476 long 51.292894 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Caravanserai Dalaki , Dahlikee caravansera , Karavanserail Dalaki ,
SOURCE for Caravanserai Dalaki
SOURCE for Dahlikee caravansera
« It was sun-set before we reached the bottom of this pass, when we turned around to the south to enter the large village of Dahlikee, where we found shelter in a new and good caravansera. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 343
SOURCE for Karavanserail Dalaki
« Karavanserail Dalaki Lage: Im Ortsgebiet, 23 km nördlich von Borazdjan und 11 km südwestlich des Karavanserails Pol-e Hadji Maha-mad Rahim. Dalaki liegt in + 100 m ü. N. N. am Fuß des Ge-birges an der Straße Bushehr - Shiraz.Typ: Großes Karavanserail mit vier Iwanen.Abmessungen: nicht bekannt.Baumaterial: Gemörteltes Bruchsteinmauerwerk (?).Bauliche Besonderheiten und Zustand: Gut erhalten und in Benutzung.Inschriften: keine bekannt.Datierung: Qadjarisch, 19. Jahrhundert. [Dalaki CaravanserailLocation: Within the town limits, 23 km north of Borazdjan and 11 km southwest of the Pol-e Hadji Maha-mad Rahim Caravanserail. Dalaki lies at an elevation of approximately 100 m above sea level at the foot of the mountains on the Bushehr-Shiraz road.Type: Large caravanserail with four iwans.Dimensions: Unknown.Building material: Mortared rubble masonry (?).Structural features and condition: Well-preserved and in use.Inscriptions: None known.Dating: Qajar, 19th century.] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 21

R55-024 Tengonou
R55-024 Tengonou : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.668212 long 54.540383 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Baʃta-paryouw , Basseparo , Basti Pariab C. , Basti Parija , Bast-i-Pariab , Caravan Ser Raw , Farate , Fariyab , Faryab Castle , K. Tang-e Nao , K. Tenghinoun , new Caravan Ser Raw , Pariaap , Paste Poeriouw , Pastepariouw , Qalʿa-yi Fariyab , S. Tenginoun , Tanguni , Tanguni C. , Tengonou ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Basti Pariab C. FOR Ourmangell (Herbert) [PBR],
SOURCE for Baʃta-paryouw
« Nous continuâmes notre voyage à l'entrée de la nuit, par une belle plaine bordée d'arbres et de maifons d'un côté, qu'on diroit qui font partie de la ville, et après avoir traverſé pluſieurs villages, nous arrivames à minuit au Caravanʃerai de Baʃta-paryouw, à 4 líeuës de la ville. Nous en partimes le trentieme et traverſames 3. fois une petite riviere fort bafle en cetems-là, et fort enflée en hyver, et arrivames 2. heures après à Baʃiele, où nous attendimes la litiere. Nous pourfuivimes enfuite notre chemin et parvinmes à onze heures à un petit Caravanserai à demi demoli, où il y avoit une vieille femme avec des provifions. On trouve en ce quartier-là quantité de citernes couvertes, dont l'eau eft admirable; et beaucoup de gens occupez a en creufer d'autres, et des puits, fans quoi on n'y pourroit fubfifter, [We continued our journey at the onset of night, through a beautiful plain lined with trees and houses on one side, which looked like they were part of the city, and after passing through several villages, we arrived at midnight. at the Caravanʃerai of Baʃta-paryouw, 4 leagues from the city. We left on the thirtieth day and crossed 3 times a small river, very swollen at that time, and very swollen in winter, and arrived 2 hours later at Baʃiele, where we waited for the litter. We continued on our way and arrived at eleven o'clock at a small, half-demolished Caravanserai, where there was an old woman with provisions. We find in this district a number of covered cisterns, the water of which is admirable; et many people busy digging others, et wells, without which we could not find them,] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Basseparo
« Quelques palmiers végétaient çà et là. Plus loin deux ca- ravansérails en très-mauvais état s'élevaient auprès de trois autres citernes. Ce lieu s'ap- pelle Basseparo. [A few palm trees grew here and there. Further on, two caravanserais in very poor condition stood near three other cisterns. This place is called Basseparo.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 432
SOURCE for Basti Pariab C.
« Advancing another 5 furlongs, we again cross the dry bed of the water-course previously passed. The further or eastern bank is here perpendicular, and forms a cliff about 20 feet high, but is broken down at the point of crossing, sons to form a steep slope. About 20 yards to east of this low cliff we pass the caravanserai, called "Basti Pariab". The cliff, formed by the further bank of the stream, runs round and covers the south, as well as the west face of the caravanserai, which, with stone walls two feet thick, is 30 yards square, and contains about 19 lower rooms. Close to the caravanserai are three cisterns, all in good repair. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1888 ~ p. 26
SOURCE for Basti Parija
« Basti Parija ... 1685 Kaempfer » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 88
SOURCE for Bast-i-Pariab
« Basti Pariab » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« Bast-i-Pariab, Sarai (3 Cisterns) » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Lar G-40A 1942}
« At 8½ miles, the large caravansarai of Bast-i-Pariab is reached; water from three cisterns close by, and from one passed at 8¼ miles; supplies nil; fuel scanty; grazing poor. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 170
SOURCE for Caravan Ser Raw
« wherefore at Sunset we made for Lhor^ choaked with Dust and Heat; half¬ way, at a new Caravan (2) Ser Raw, we encountred three Caphalaes laden with Dry Fruit for the Port: fn. 2
* This was perhaps Tang-i-āão. "From Tang-i-Nao to Lar is a dreary march of sixteen miles over a flat alluvial plain, bounded on each side by barren mountains" (Wilson, 158). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 190
SOURCE for Farate
« Le lendemain nous marchâmes longtemps avant le jour par des chemins facaeux, après leſquels nous arrivâmes à un village nommé Farate. [The next day we walked long before daylight along easy paths, after which we arrived at a village called Farate.] » #3257 Jan Janszoon Struys, Glanius (Monsieur), Les voyages de Jean Struys, en Moscovie, en Tartarie, en Perse, aux Indes, et en plusieurs autres païs étrangers, 1718 ~ pp. 60-1
« Den 23. machten wir uns sehr frühe wieder auff/ und zogen zur rechten Hand für dem Dorff Farate fürüber/liegende als ein groffer Lust-Ballast mitten in einem Busch mit Dadel/Pomeransen / und Le mon-baumen bewachsen. [On the 23rd we set off again very early and moved to the right hand side of the village of Farate, lying as a large ballast of pleasure in the middle of a bush overgrown with Dadel/Pomeranese and lemon trees.] » #3258 Joh. Jansz. Straußens, Sehr schwere/ wiederwertige/ und Denckwürdige Reysen/ Durch Italien/ Griechenland/ Lifland/ Moscau/ Tartarey/ Meden/ Persien/ Türckey/ Ost-Indien/ Japan/ und unterschiedliche andere Länder, von Meurs, Amsterdam, 1678 ~ p. 197
« Den 23 dito bralien wy borgh been den dagh weder op / cu trokken ter rechter-handt voorby seker Dorp Farate, staande als een groot Luft-Paleys/ te midden in een Bosch van Dadel- Orangien- en Limoen-Boomen. [On the 23rd of July we left again on the day and marched on the right to the village of Farate, standing like a large sky palace in the middle of a forest of date, orange and lime trees.] » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ pp. 362-3
[Floor links Farate with the Basti Pariab caravanserai, see below. The distances given by Struys put the location of Farate some distance further. PBR]
« Travellers then continued to Fariyab, seeing many villages and cultivated land en route. The karavansaray was very good, but was in a lonely situation; while there also was an old simpler karavansaray. (114)
fn. 114 Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, p. 121 (Basti Parija); Valentijn, vol. V, p. 265 (Pariaap; karavansaray of Basti Parija), 285 (kara- vansaray of Paste Poeriouw); Strauszens, p. 197 (Farate); LeBrun, vol. II, p. 318 (Basta paryouw). » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 78
SOURCE for Fariyab
« Travellers then continued to Fariyab, seeing many villages and cultivated land en route. » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 78
SOURCE for Faryab Castle
« Persian text omitted. [Faryab Castle
15. The distance from Char Bar to Faryab Castle is three farsakhs. The road is smooth and level. The mountain south of the road is located at a distance of half a farsakh in the south, about one farsakh, they reach Haji Ali's caravanserai, there are two ponds and a caravanserai here. There are three ponds, a caravanserai and a ruined castle in Faryab Castle. Watermelons, melons, barley and wheat used to be in this Faryab Castle, but now they are not.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 582
SOURCE for K. Tang-e Nao(Arch. Site)
« Karavans. Tang-e Nao » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 14 Karawanenwege zwischen Djahrom und Lar und Khondj und Lar sowie südlich und östlich von Lar}
SOURCE for K. Tenghinoun
« about two hours after we paffed by another Kervanseray, like to the former, called Tenghinoun; and a little further to the Left Hand, we faw a fmall Forrest of Palm-Trees. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thevenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687, ~ pt. 2 p. 132
SOURCE for new Caravan Ser Raw
« wherefore at Sunset we made for Lhor, choaked with Dust and Heat; halfway, at a new Caravan (2) Ser Raw, we encountred three Caphalaes laden with Dry Fruit for the Port:fn.bnThis was perhaps Tang-i-Nao. “From Tang-i-Nao to Lar is a dreary march of sixteen miles over a flat alluvial plain, bounded on each side by barren mountains ” (Wilson, 158). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 190
[Note. Fryer. Tangedelon to Cormoot 20 rocky miles (actual 18.6), Cormoot to Shan Zangee 20 miles (actual 18.7. Sham Zangee halfway to Lhor which is correct. PBR]
SOURCE for Pariaap
« Wy trokken voorby de Karrawanlera's Baſiga, en Sargab, en bleven tot Pariaap, zagen veel dorpen en zaey-land; ook veel putten en ſchoone plantagien van dadelboomen. Deze Karrawanserais goed; dog ſtaat zeer eenzaam, ook heeft men hier nog een zeer zobere Karrawanſera. [We passed by the Karrawanleras Baſiga, and Sargab, and stayed as far as Pariaap, saw many villages and zaey-lands; also many wells and beautiful plantations of date trees. This Karrawanfera is good, but it is very lonely, and there is also a very dreary Karrawanfera here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 265
SOURCE for Paste Poeriouw
« Paste Poeriouw ... 1703 down Hoogcamer » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 88
SOURCE for Pastepariouw
« Pastepariouw ... 1701 up Hoogcamer » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 88
« Den 15. dito quam zyn Ed na 3½ myl rydens i in de Karrawanfera Paſtepariouw, kreeg een brief, met eenige groente, van den Hertog van Lhaar, smet verzoek, om zyn Intrede ten 3 uuren na zons opgang (alzoo dat een gelukkig uur was) in Lhaar te doen. [On the 15th his Ed arrived at Karrawanfera Pastepariouw after a journey of 3½ miles, and received a letter, with some vegetables, from the Duke of Lhaar, requesting him to enter Lhaar at 3 o'clock after sunrise (as that was a fortunate hour).] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 4. April van Lhaar vertrekkende, quam zyn Ed:, na 3½ myl rydens, in de Karrawaanſera Paſte poeriouw. [Departing from Lhaar on April 4, at his Ed: after 3½ miles of journey, in the Karrawaanſera Paſte poeriouw.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Qalʿa-yi Fariyab
« Qalʿa-yi Fariyab ... 1896 Sadid al-Saltana » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 88
SOURCE for S. Tenginoun
«147 (km) | S. Tenginoun (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Tanguni
« In the neighbourhood of Lar are a few villages. At twelve miles we passed the ruins of Tanguni, with a small but well-built caravansarai, now untenanted; the qanat which gave life to theplace has been choked some years. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ 146
SOURCE for Tanguni C.
« At twelve miles we passed the ruins of Tanguni, with a small but well-built caravansarai, now untenanted; the qanat which gave life to the place has been choked some years. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1982 ~ vol. 1 p. 147
SOURCE for Tengonou
« 15 février. Je ne pus partir qu'après dîner, et comme pour trouver un village, il faut marcher quinze farsangs, nous n'en fimes que trois et nous arrêtâmes à Tengonou, hameau de trois maisons, avec quelques palmiers et des cultures. [February 15. I was only able to leave after dinner, and as to find a village you have to walk fifteen farsangs, we only did three and stopped at Tengonou, a hamlet of three houses, with a few palm trees and crops.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 530

R55-024a Ali-Abad
R55-024a Ali-Abad : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: `Aliabad , علی آباد ,
VARIANT names: Aliabad , Ali-Abad ,
SOURCE for Aliabad
« In the neighbourhood of Lar are a few villages. At twelve miles we passed the ruins of Tanguni, with a small but well-built caravansarai, now untenanted; the qanat which gave life to the place has been choked some years. Here the plain proper ends in a tangle of dry watercourses and ravines, which extend ten miles, Kahna. 147 and then smooth themselves out into the plain of Aliabad, a circular area surrounded by black rocky hills, with Aliabad village in a tamarisk grove in the middle. Here the Forg and Hormuz roads diverge : we left Aliabad three miles on the right, and turned northward » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 pp. 146-7
« Aliabad » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
SOURCE for Ali-Abad
« 16 février. Nous suivons la plaine qui s'élève un peu après un caravansérall ruiné; deux farsangs plus loin, le village d'Ali-Abad; à gauche de la route, à demi-farsang, est un caravansérail. [February 16. We follow the plain which rises a little after a ruined caravanserall; two farsangs further, the village of Ali-Abad; to the left of the road, half farsang, is a caravanserai.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 531

R55-023a Birak
R55-023a Birak : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Barak , Barraq , Berak , Biraq , براک ,
VARIANT names: Birak , Biraq , Brac , Kanarú , Kenneroen , Piraq ,
SOURCE for Birak
« Birak » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
SOURCE for Biraq
A village in Läristan, 34 miles from Lår, on the road to Bandar "Abbas. It contains about 100 small houses, neatly built and plastered with mud. Biraq forms a good halting-place, if it is not desired to enter the town of Lår. A small range of hulls to the south of the village bears the same name. (Butcher, 1888.) » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 172
SOURCE for Brac
« Nous traver- sons un torrent sans eau, sur lequel était une couche de pierre-à-Jésus. Nous ne tardons pas à être au village de Brac. Les environs abondent en oseille sauvage. Un court espace sépare ce village de plusieurs citernes peu dis- tantes aussi l'une de l'autre. Deux autres réser- voirs sont à côté d'un caravansérail. [We cross a torrent without water, on which was a layer of Jesus-stone. We are not long in arriving at the village of Brac. The surroundings abound in wild sorrel. A short space separates this village from several cisterns also not far from each other. Two other reservoirs are next to a caravanserai.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 433
SOURCE for Kanarú
« die sich von der Stadt bis fortsetzt 1/4 Farsach, zum Dorfe Kanarú rechts am Weg 1 Far- sach, dann durch eine baumreiche Gegend zum Dorf Tjerg aab 1 Farsach, [which continues from the city to 1/4 Farsach, to the village of Kanarú on the right along the path 1 Farsach, then through a wooded area to the village of Tjerg aab 1 Farsach,] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 121
SOURCE for Kenneroen
« Den 16. dito na middernacht vertrokken zynde, quam zyn Ed: met den dag in t dorp Kenneroen; flapte, na wat uytgeruit te hebben, weer te peerd, en wierd, na een weinig rydens, gedurig doar des Hertogs broeder vergezelichapt; [On the 16th, after midnight, having left, his Ed arrived in the village of Kenneroen during the day; after having unpacked a little, he mounted his horse again, and after riding for a short while, was continually accompanied there by the Duke's brother;] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
SOURCE for Piraq
« At 17 miles the village of Piraq is visible, lying 3 miles to the S. of the road. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 171

R55-023b Biraki
R55-023b Biraki : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.678187 long 54.447946 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Biraki , Imamzadeh Pir-i Burarak ,
SOURCE for Biraki
« A deux heures, nous trouvons deux petits villages, Birak et Biraki. Quant au village de Chercoff dont parle Chardin, c'est un nom estropié et tout à fait inconnu; c'est probablement Birak. Le B majuscule aura été pris pour Ch, i pour e, a pour co; et k pour deux ff (1). fn. 1 Cette explication ressemble beaucoup à une plaisanterie. On pourrait en dire autant de beaucoup d'étymologies. [At two hours, we find two small villages, Birak and Biraki. As for the village of Chercoff of which Chardin speaks, it is a crippled and completely unknown name; it's probably Birak. The capital B will have been taken for Ch, i for e, a for co; and k for two ff (1). fn. 1 This explanation sounds a lot like a joke. The same could be said of many etymologies.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ pp. 530-1
SOURCE for Imamzadeh Pir-i Burarak
« Das Imamzadeh Pir-i Burarak befindet sich etwa 10 km östlich von Lar und ist von der Stadt aus über die Khiabane Djordan zu erreichen. Nach 6 km passiert man den Ort Khur und der einzigen Straße nach Osten folgend erreicht man nach 4 km das schon von Weitem sichtbare Bauwerk (Abb. 20 Taf. 36, 2). Das Imamzadeh ist ausgezeichnet erhalten, viele Baudetails sind allerdings durch dick aufgebrachte Stucklagen nicht mehr sichtbar. Auf dem 4 x 4 m messenden Grund- geschoß liegt ein achteckiger Tambur, auf dem sich eine für die Golfregion typische Zuckerhutkuppel erhebt. Sie weist zehn Zonen oder Ringe auf, wobei die ersten fünf jeweils gegeneinander versetzt eine Abfolge von Kreissegmenten und dazwischen vor- springenden Stegen aufweisen, die oberen fünf Zonen weisen nur zackig vorspringende Ecken auf. Die Höhe der Kuppel mit dem pfeilspitzenartigen, durchlochten Abschluß beträgt etwa 6 m, was mit der Höhe des Grundgeschosses eine Gesamthöhe des Bau- werkes von to m ergibt. Das Imamzadeh bildet zugleich den westlichen Abschluß einer kleinen, angebauten Moschee mit einem an drei Seiten von Pfeilern umstandenen Innenhof. [The Imamzadeh Pir-i Burarak is located about 10 km east of Lar and can be reached from the city via the Khiabane Djordan. After 6 km you pass the town of Khur and following the only road to the east you reach the building that can be seen from afar after 4 km (Fig. 20, plate 36, 2). The Imamzadeh is in excellent condition, although many building details are no longer visible due to thick layers of stucco. On the 4 x 4 m ground floor there is an octagonal tambour on which rises a sugarloaf dome typical of the Gulf region. It has ten zones or rings, with the first five having a sequence of circle segments offset from each other and protruding webs between them, while the top five zones only have jaggedly projecting corners. The height of the dome with the arrowhead-like, perforated end is around 6 m, which, together with the height of the ground floor, results in a total height of the building of to m. The Imamzadeh also forms the western end of a small, attached mosque with an inner courtyard surrounded by pillars on three sides.] » #3205 R. Pohanka, The historical buildings of the city of Lar., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1983 vol. 16:pp. 347-48. ~ p. 358

R55-025 Khormout
R55-025 Khormout : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Harmood , Hormoz , Hormud , Hormud-e Mehr Khu'i , Hormud-e Mehr Khuyeh , Hormud-e Mir Khu , Hormud-e Mir Khund , Hormud-e Mir Khuneh , Hormuz , حرمود میر خو , هرمود مهر خوئی ,
VARIANT names: Choeremoet , Churmoot , Cormoot , Cromu , Germoet , Germouth , Goermoet , Gormoedt , Gormoet , Gormouth (Khormout) , Hhormont , Hormout (Hurmut) , Hormouz- Sefit-Boun , Hormud , Hormud-e Mir Khund , Hormūd-e Mirkhoyi , Hormuus , Hormux , Hormuz , Horum , Karavanserail Hormud-e Abbasi , Khurma , Kormout , Kormur , Whormoot , Whorwoote ,
SOURCE for Choeremoet
« Den 23. dito trokken wy voorby twee eenzame Manſels, ieder 2 Karrawanſera's en water-tangen hebbende, d'eene Bahadini, en d'andere Sjek Sjek genaamd; reden over klippig gebergte, en zyn by een vermakelyk geboomte en dorp gekomen. Hier zyn 2 Karwanſera's, dog klein, en eenige tankken; dog flegt water. Deze Mantel werd Choeremoet genaamd. [On the 23rd day we passed by two lonely Manſels, each having 2 Karrawanſeras and water-tongs, one called Bahadini, and the other Shek Shek; drove over cliffy mountains, and came to a pleasant tree and village. Here are 2 Karwanſeras, both small, and some tanks; dog throws water. This Cloak was called Choeremoet.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 266
SOURCE for Churmoot
« 14 The 14th daye being Sundaye we came to Churmoot [Hormuz), (3) a litl fine towne lying in a groue of date trees. Here we picht in a caravansero lying wthin a bowshott from the towne,haueing traveled 6 lges. of stonie waye. This daye we came over a high craggi hill. Here is good tanck water. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 83
SOURCE for Cormoot
« Thus far we came directly in a Line; now we wander to and again in the Meanders of the Barren Hills, with indefatigable Industry, till we descend into a large Plain, at the End whereof Sham Zangee (1) an Abassin, had built an old Caravan, Twenty Miles from Cormoot; where we met a Caphala of light Asses going for the Port; and here we were obliged to change more of our Camels, they being quite tired. fn. 1 Shamsangl. "I lodg’d at a little Inn call’d Shamzenghi. It is low, built like a Cross, with four doors to receive the cool winds every way” (Tavernier, 254). For the route, see Wilson, op. cit. 158. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 pp 189-90
« March the 2d. At 4 afternoon sett out for Cormoot, 7 farsangs; the 1st farsang a little stoney, 4 ore good way till come to a Radeler house at the foot of a mountain which we must pass, being one farsang bad way; the last farsang good way. Cormoot is a large village with abundance of Date trees; may have your horse shod and anything else fitt for Travellers.
Note: Diary of 2 March 1707/8.
Cormoot. Hormuz. Le Bruyn (II, 70 and 134) calls it Gormoet and Germoet, and he has an illustration of the inn. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 49
SOURCE for Cromu
SOURCE for Germoet
« quamen ongeveer naer ses grote mijlen rijdens 'savonts tusschen 10 à 11 uuren met 'tondergaan der mane in de carewansera aan 't dorp Germoet (1) te rusten.fn. 1 Hormuz (Simla kaart). De karavaanweg van Bender-Congo (Kung)naar Lar vereenigt zich hier met dien van Bender-Abbas. Thans wordtLingah (nabij Kung gelegen) door dezen weg bediend. De afleiding lagergegeven van Gorma (khurma dadel) komt ook voor bij Fryer, Char-din, Thévenot (Hormont), De Bruyn en Tomaschek, en heeft wel haaroorsprong in de aanwezigheid van een aantal dadelpalmen. [After about six miles of riding, we came to rest in the carewansera at the village of Germoet (1) between 10 and 11 o'clock in the evening when the moon was going down.fn. 1 Hormuz (Simla card). The caravan road from Bender-Congo (Kung) to Lar joins here with that from Bender-Abbas. Currently Lingah (located near Kung) is served by this road. The lower derivation of Gorma (khurma date) also occurs in Fryer, Chardin, Thévenot (Hormont), De Bruyn and Tomaschek, and does have its origin in the presence of a number of date palms.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 42
SOURCE for Germouth
«095 (km) Germouth (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
[see source « Gormouth (Khormout) » belowof alternate Chardin spelling. PBR]
SOURCE for Goermoet
« Den 12. dito vertrek zyn Ed: weder op 't vorige uur desnachts, trok voorby Tangadoelon, quam ontrent half negen in Goermoet, [On the 12th his Ed left: again at the previous hour at night, passed Tangadoelon, arrived at Goermoet about half past eight,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 6. dito na 4 mylen ruim rydens, in 't dorp Goermoet, en na nog een myl, 's middags in de Karrawaanſera Borka Aga Sjouwmaat. [On the 6th, after 4 miles, in the village of Goermoet, and after another mile, in the afternoon in the Karrawaanſera Borka Aga Sjouwmaat.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Gormoedt
« 19 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
« 10 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 360
SOURCE for Gormoet
« Nous paſſames enfuite des montagnes et des rochers, et arrivámes à une heure du matin au Caravanʃerai de Gormoet; après une traite de 5. lieuës. [We passed mountains and rocks, and arrived at one o'clock in the morning at the Caravan'erai of Gormoet; after a milking of 5 leagues.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Gormouth (Khormout)
« La traite aboutit à un grand village, qu'on nomme Gormouth (Khormout), si grand qu'il occupe bien une demi-lieue de terrain avec ses jardins, quiconsistent en unamas de dattiers; et c'est la raison de sa dénomination, qui vient de gormah (Khormá), qui signifie datte (*).
fn. (*) Nakhl. Ce mot arabe signifie palmier, dattier, Phoenix dac- tylifera, Linn. Voyez les détails les plus circonstanciés sur la culture du dattier, et la récolte et l'usage de ses fruits, dans les Amænita- fes exotica, pag. 661-754; et dans un fragment très-curieux de la Cosmographie d'Ebn al-odardy, pag. 41-73, des Dissertationes ad saeras litteras et philologiam orient, spectantes, d'Aurivillius, un vol. fn-8. (L.)
[The path leads to a large village, called Gormouth (Khormout), so large that it occupies half a league of land with its gardens, which consist of a pile of date palms; and this is the reason for its name, which comes from gormah (Khormá), which means date (*).
fn. (*) Nakhl. This Arabic word means palm, date palm, Phoenix dactylifera, Linn. See the most detailed details on the cultivation of the date palm, and the harvest and use of its fruits, in the Amænitafes exotica, pag. 661-754; and in a very curious fragment of the Cosmography of Ebn al-odardy, pag. 41-73, from Dissertationes ad saeras litteras et philologiam orient, spectantes, by Aurivillius, a vol. fn-8. (L.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p.488
SOURCE for Hhormont
«095 (km) Hhormont (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Hormout (Hurmut)
« Hormout (Hurmut) for each carga four qäzbekis for gūshi, but with a small present one may have to pay only a quarter or at a maximum half of this amount. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Hormouz- Sefit-Boun
« Nous arrivons à deux heures à Hormouz- Sefit-Boun (1), village environné de murs flan- qués de tours. Nous obtinmes un logement; mais on ne voulut rien nous fournir. Ce vil- lage, autrefois considérable, n'est aujourd'hui composé que de dix familles qui sont venues s'y établir depuis quatorze mois seulement. [We arrive at two o'clock at Hormouz-Sefit-Boun (1), a village surrounded by walls flanked by towers. We obtained lodging; but they would not provide us with anything. This village, formerly considerable, is today composed of only ten families who have come to settle there for only fourteen months.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 429
SOURCE for Hormud
« A little farther on from that point, Hormud appeared; this is where we had planned on stopping for the day. Shortly before entering the city, we were greeted by its governor and five or six other Persians who accompanied the Ambassador to a [margin: small] tent that his servants had pitched in a palm orchard next to the town. This place was more beautiful than any other we had seen thus far: the ground was covered with thick, green grass, and it was nestled among a great number of palms that were laden with the most beautiful dates imaginable. ... The Ambassador [fol. 221r] was also regaled with wine and fruit, including great bunches of dates that were as big and tasty as the ones from Fārs. The dates from Jahrom and from this small town of Hormu are generally praised and prized more than any others. Just as the Ambassador was about to dine, there arrived a dervish or hermit that lived by himself in a nearby hermitage, and who was considered by all the Persians to be a holy man. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 328
SOURCE for Hormud-e Mir Khund
SOURCE for Hormūd-e Mirkhoyi
« The caravan then arrived at another caravanserai that was near a village of seventy shacks that had been badly constructed out of mud walls, but its location was pleasant and beautiful, surrounded by many palm and other kinds of trees that were green and leafy, notwithstanding it was so late in the fall. This village is called Hormūd (26) because of the great abundance of its dates.
fn. 26 Hormūd-e Mirkhoyi; Silva y Figueroa may be correct in his translation of the Persian word for date palm. »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 300
SOURCE for Hormuus
SOURCE for Hormux
« Hormux » in {map#1243 in #3222 Frederic Goldsmid, Lieutenant H. B. Vaughan's Recent Journey in Eastern Persia, Proceedings of the royal geographical society, London, Vol. 12:No. 10:pp. 577-595 ~ fig. Lieut. Vaughan's Route Journey through Central Persia}
SOURCE for Hormuz
«095 (km) Hormuz (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« Of Hormuz itself we are told the ruins around it must once have been a much larger place. The hills on its north side contain sulphur and large quantities iron. "Ibex wild sheep, partridges, and sand-grouse abound." Owing to the reports of conflict between the Arabs and Persians Darab, and the consequent insecurity for travellers, the first three days of the new year were spent at Hormuz. » #3222 Frederic Goldsmid, Lieutenant H. B. Vaughan's Recent Journey in Eastern Persia, Proceedings of the royal geographical society, London, Vol. 12:No. 10:pp. 577-595 ~ p. 580
« Persian text omitted. [12 They move from Agha Jamal to Hormuz, the distance is two miles. There are mountains on both sides and the road is flat. Hormoz village is located at the foot of the mountain. The river Shur flows through this mountain and village, and Hormoz has many houses and palm trees. two
They have a caravanserai and ten ponds. Most of the people living there are riflemen, all of them have Martin. There are many mines in Mount Hormuz, there is also a spring of fresh water in the slope of Mount Gharib near the village. There is also a castle in the middle of the grove.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 581
« At 12 miles halt at Hormuz. ... A small village surrounded by a ruined wall, and about 50 yards square. A few huts outside, a dilapidated caravanserai, and a few ruinous bourkahs about.The village musters 20 fighting men. There is a tower in the centre of the accompanying description. On the approach of danger about ten men retire to it and command the village and approaches by their fire. » #3269 H. B. Vaughan, Report of a journey through Persia., Superintendent of Government Printing in Calcutta, 1890 ~ p. 10
SOURCE for Horum
«095 (km) |Horum (De Silva Figueroa) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« About two days Journey from Guin lies the little City Horum, so call'd from its Beauty and great plenty of Dates; as also anotherof the same denomination, between Cabrestan and Lara. Between Guin and Horum you meet with a barren and uninhabited Desart, of three days Journey, not having in all that way above two Pits of Water. » #3302 Ogilby, John, Asia. The first part being an accurate description of Persia, and the several provinces thereof : ..., Printed by the author at his house in White-friers, London, 1673 ~ p. 7
SOURCE for Karavanserail Hormud-e Abbasi
« Karavanserail Hormud-e Abbasi (Abb. 5) (183)Lage: 14 km südöstlich von Karavanserail Ceki, 7 km nordwestlich des Karavanserails Hadji Agha Djamal, in + 490 m ü. N. N., an der Straße von Lar nach Bandar-e Abbas.Das Karavanserail wird als Gendarmeriestation ge-nutzt; es entspricht dem Typ der größeren Pavillon-Kara-vanserails. Daneben steht die stark verfallene Ruine eines weiteren Bauwerkes dieses Typus sowie vier Zisternen. fn 183 Der Ort wurde am 4. 12. 1984 besucht.- H. Gaube, a.a.O., 44- [aravanserail Hormud-e Abbasi (Fig. 5) (183) Location: 14 km southeast of Caravanserail Ceki, 7 km northwest of Caravanserail Hadji Agha Djamal, at an elevation of 490 m above sea level, on the road from Lar to Bandar-e Abbas.The caravanserail is used as a gendarmerie station; it corresponds to the type of larger pavilion caravanserails. fn 183 The site was visited on December 4, 1984. - H. Gaube, op. cit., 44-] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 144
SOURCE for Khurma
« (30) Khurma-6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219
SOURCE for Kormout
« Je marchai trois heures dans une plaine fertile, puis entre d'affreux rochers, et sur les dix heures du soir j'arrivai à Kormout, grand village rempli de palmiers. [I walked for three hours in a fertile plain, then between horrible rocks, and around ten o'clock in the evening I arrived at Kormout, a large village filled with palm trees.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 322
« Nous traversâmes ensuite une basse montagne, et nous descendîmes encore dans une plaine où est le village de Khormout; notre menzil, à douze heures de Tengonou. [We then crossed a low mountain, and we descended again into a plain where the village of Khormout is; our menzil, twelve hours from Tengonou.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 531
SOURCE for Kormur
« Durch Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran und andere Orth über mannigfaltigeGe bürg und sehr gesalkene Wasserlein fas men wir vor ungeheuer hohe Berge die kein Thal durchschnitte/soweit unsere Aus gen seben kunten. [Through Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran and other places over various mountains and very salty little streams we came across immensely high mountains which, as far as our eyes could see, were not crossed by any valley.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 269
SOURCE for Whormoot
« Our next daies travell was to Whormoot, eleven farfangs (thirty three miles) where we found a black paviliion; in it three old Arabians; who, out of their Alcoran ingeminated a dolefull requiem to their Brothers carcaffe, over which they fat; their lookes were clouded with pathetick fadneffe, their cheekes bedewed with briny teares, intending (afeer the Jewish mode, septem ad luctus) to folemnife his farewell feven daies, finging, fighing, weeping. ... Nigh Whormoot are Duzgun, LazianDe, and other Townes, where is got the beſt AffaFatida through all the Orient:the tree is like our brier in height, the leaves reſemble Fig leaves, the root the Radith: the vertue had need be much, it ftincks ſo odiously. But, though the favour bee fo bale, the fapor is fo excellent, that no meat, no fauce, no veffell pleaſes the Guzurats pallat, fave what reliſhes of it. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Whorwoote
«095 (km) Whorwoote (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46

R55-026 Dalaun
R55-026 Dalaun : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Pas Par Dalan , Tang Dalan , Tang-e Dalan , تنگ دالان ,
Supplement: Arch. Site Karawanenhaltepunkt Tang-e Dalan located 0.49 km heading 16° of these coordinates.
VARIANT names: Carvansera Dalong , Carvansera Delangh , Dalaun , Par Par Dalan , Pas-Par-Dalan , S. Tang-Dolan , S. Tangtalan , S. Tanguedalan , Tang Dalan , Tangadoelon , Tang-e Dalan , Tangedelangh , Tangedelon , Tanggetelon , Tanghoedalou , Tanghy-Dolon , Tango Talan , Tangotalan , Tankadalone , Tanke Dalon , Tenghidalan , Tenghi-Daloûn , Tengi Dalun , Tengidahan , Tenguedélan , Tenquidalen , Yanikidalin ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Tang Dalan FOR Ourmangel (Newberry) [PBR],
SOURCE for Carvansera Dalong
SOURCE for Carvansera Delangh
SOURCE for Dalaun
« Ensuite, après six farsangs de marche, nous arrivâmes à Dalaun, petit village que Chardin appelle Tenk-Dalaun (Tenk serait-il une corruption de Kend, village?), qui a cinq ou six maisons et autant de cabanes, quelques cultures et de bonne eau. Dalaun doit son existence à une petite source qui sort du pied de la montagne. [Then, after six farsangs of walking, we arrived at Dalaun, a small village that Chardin calls Tenk-Dalaun (is Tenk a corruption of Kend, village?), which has five or six houses and as many huts, some crops and good water. Dalaun owes its existence to a small spring that emerges from the foot of the mountain.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 532
SOURCE for Par Par Dalan
« Par Par Dalan » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Fin G-40B 1941}
« KM 063 Pas Par Dalan (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« At 8¾ miles the large caravanserai of Pas Par Dälän is reached, and close by the ruins of older struc- tures. There is a small grove of date trees. A foot- path, guarded by a small watch tower, leads over the hills to the village of Dalan. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 32
SOURCE for Pas-Par-Dalan
« As we near the eastern mouth of the Tang, the sides of the gorge gradually decrease in height, till at 17 miles they merge in a vale, sparsely covered with grass, upon whiclr, on surmounting a short and gentle slope, we enter. At 17 miles 7 furlongs, the two delapidated caravanserais of Pas-Par-Dalan, with two cisterns, and a grove of date trees, are close to the south side of the road, and 400 yards to north of a low but steep and rocky range about 200 feet high, over which a path, for infantry only, leads to the village of Dalan, distant 600 yards or so from the southern foot of the low range. The road, for pack animals, from Pas-Par-Dalan to the latter village, passing round the eastern extremity of this range, is 4 miles 2 furlongs in length. Altitude of Pas-Par-Dalan above sea, 881 feet. The village of Dalan possesses a partly ruined caravanserai, and is surrounded by date groves. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 30
« At 8 miles the large caravansardi of Pās Par Dālān is reached, and close by the ruins of older structures. There is a small grove of date trees. A footpath, guarded by a small watch tower, leads over the hills to the village of Dalan. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ pp. 166-7
SOURCE for S. Tang-Dolan
« KM 063 S. Tang-Dolan (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for S. Tangtalan
« KM 063 S. Tangtalan (De Silva Figueroa) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for S. Tanguedalan
« KM 063 S. Tanguedalan (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Tang Dalan
« Persian text omitted. [They move from Jihun and go to Tang Dalan, it is three farsakhs and the road is straight. The road splits before reaching half a mile.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 580
SOURCE for Tangadoelon
« Den 12. dito vertrek zyn Ed: weder op 't vorige uur desnachts, trok voorby Tangadoelon, quam ontrent half negen in Goermoet, [On the 12th his Ed left: again at the previous hour at night, passed Tangadoelon, arrived at Goermoet about half past eight,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
SOURCE for Tang-e Dalan
« [margin: 23] The next day, the 23rd, the caravan stopped at a caravanserai called Tang-e Dālān. The valley through which we were traveling narrowed there, the mountains being closer together.... All those who stop at this caravanserai of Tang-e Dālān use this aqueduct as an open and level road when they go to the villages that were founded on the plain for supplies, thanks to the same aqueduct »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 298-9
SOURCE for Tangedelangh
« quamen 's avonts met 'tligt van de maan door key en moeyelijke bergwegh ontrent ten thien uuren en ruym 6 mijlen verder in Tangedelangh) weder bij de caffila, welke om een uur naar middernagt voorts te gaan van de miiddag aff daar gerust had. [In the evening with the moonlight through a key and difficult mountain road around 10 o'clock and about 6 miles further in Tangedelangh) we arrived again at the caffila, which had rested there for an hour to midnight from noon onwards.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 41
SOURCE for Tangedelon
« and afterwards with much Pain we measured six Miles more to Tangedelon (2), where we eased our selves at a Caravan Ser Raw near a Stream of living Water sweetly gliding through the middle of it, and wash’d the Dust off our sweaty Bodies, in a Tank contrived to make a pleasant Bath under the Roof of the Seraw. Tangedelon expresses in its Mothers Speech, A Strait Passage, which hits exactly with the following Munsel; fn. 2 “ The Tang-i-Dalan is a narrow gorge through which the Hajamal river flows” {Ibid. 157). “Next [after Cowrestan] to Tanghy-Dolon {i.e. a narrow way) praiseworthy in her Lodge or Carravans-raw, but especially in the sweet Crystallin water we found there” (Herbert, 125). “The distinction between Dahaneh and Teng, both Persian words applied to passes, is strictly as follows: Dahaneh is the span or pass lying between two hills ; Teng is a narrow defile between vertical walls of rock” (Curzon, i, 123 n.). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 189
SOURCE for Tanggetelon
« 15 The 15th daye we came to Tanggetelon [Tang-i-Dalan], a caravansero lying in a wildernesse.Here we picht, haueing traveled 5 long lges. of veri stonie waye, weh seemed to me as though itwere som times overflowne wth water. Here is good store of water but noght els for man or horse, but ther is a litle towne beioynd a hill lying by thls ca: a matter of a leauge off, wch is waterd wth the same water as comes from this caravan: » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 84
SOURCE for Tanghoedalou
« On y mit la malade qui s'y trouva beaucoup plus à fon aife que dans la premiere, et nous arrivámes à 2. heures du matin au Caravanserai de Tanghoedalou, où nous trouvames Monficur Bakker inspecteur des magazins, dont on a déja parlé, le fecretaire et le maitre d'hôtel de Gamron, qui venoient à la rencontre de Monfieur Kastelein. [We put the patient there, who was much more at home than in the first, and we arrived at 2 a.m. at the Caravanserai of Tanghoedalou, where we found Monficur Bakker, inspector of stores, of whom we have already spoken, the secretary and the butler of Gamron, who came to meet Monfieur Kastelein.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Tanghy-Dolon
« next, to Tanghy-Dolon (i. e. a narrow way) praifeworthy in her Lodge or Carravans-raw, but eſpecially in the ſweet Cryſtallin water wee found there. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Tango Talan
« Otro dia, á 23, vino la carauana á parar al carauasar de Tango Talan, haziendose alli mas estrecho el valle por donde se caminaua, por estar los montes mas çercanos, á donde fue la primera vez que se uio correr agua de un arroyo salado, aunque traia tan poca que apenas mojauan los camellos los pies en ella, pero todo aquel llano pareçia cubierto de aquellas guijas redon- das que suele auer en los rrios. Auia junto á este ca- rauasar dos grandes cisternas con abundancia de buena agua; [Another day, on the 23rd, the carauana came to stop at the carauasar of Tango Talan, where the valley through which it was walking became narrower, because the mountains were closer, where it was the first time that water was heard flowing from a salty stream, although it had so little that the camels barely dipped their feet in it, but that entire plain seemed covered with those round pebbles that usually find in rivers. There were two large cisterns next to this carauasar with an abundance of good water;] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 pp. 282-3
SOURCE for Tangotalan
« Le lendemain 23. la Carauane s'arreſta à vn Carauanfera, nomme Tangotalan, dans vn lieu où la montagne fe ferrant de fort prés, étreffit le Valon, en forte qu'à peine ferme-t-elle vn chemin, où les chameaux puiffent paffer. [The next day, 23, the Carauane stopped at a Carauanfera, called Tangotalan, in a place where the mountain closing in very close, squeezes the Valon, so strong that it barely closes a path, where the camels can walk paffer.] » #3246 traduite de l'espagnol par Mr. de Wicqfort, L'ambassade de D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa en Perse, contenant la politique de ce grand Empire, les moeurs du roy schach Abbas et une relation exacte de tous les lieux de Perse et des Indes où cet ambassadeur a esté l'espace de huit années qu'il y a demeuré, Louis Billaine, Paris, 1667 ~ p. 60
SOURCE for Tankadalone
« 3 [March]. Sett out for Jehun, 7 farsangs, very bad stoney way. About 8 at night arrived at Tankadalone, 5 farsangs, a good caravensaroy with a Tank in the middle built in form of a cross, within side. Here lay till 4 in the morning; then sett out for Jehun, the other 2 farsangs. Arrived about 6 in the morning the 4th March. This is a good caraven. saroy tho small; a great distance from any village.
note: Diary of 3 March 1707/8.
Tankadalone. Tang-i-Dalan, a narrow gorge: Pers. tang, 'narrow,' and dalan, 'corri- dor,' here meaning a gorge. See Fryer, II, 189 and n. 2. Le Bruyn (II, 70-1) calls it Tang-boedalou and says that "A small canal passes through the Caravanserai, which is not very large, but extremely agreeable, and well-built: It is all of stone, and the water of the canal, which runs through it, flows from a little rivulet at a small distance from it. It has likewise the advantage of being sheltered from the hot winds." He does not mention the inn in the plain of Jehun, "a great distance from any village," where Scattergool halted. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Tanke Dalon
« Den 24. dito trokken wy voorby 3 Karrawanſera's, Ahaſimaal, Bascomakoe, en Sertang genaamd, hebbende elendige huis-velting. Onzen Sergeant, met den Opper-meelter voor uyt gereden zynde, vonden wy op de weg leggen, konnende wegens een zware koorts 't paard ryden niet verdragen. Wy namen ons verblyf tot Tanke Dalon, een tamelyke Karrawanſera, en twee huizingen, [On the 24th we passed by 3 Karrawanſeras, named Ahaſimaal, Bascomakoe, and Sertang, who had miserable house-felling. We found our Sergeant, who had ridden ahead with the Chief Master, lying on the road, unable to bear to ride the horse due to a severe fever. We took up our abode at Tanke Dalon, a fairly small Karrawanſera, and two houses,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 266
SOURCE for Tenghidalan
« Our way continued ſtill bad, till about ſeven of the Clock in the Morning, that we came to a Kervanferay, called Tenghidalan this Kervanſeray is covered as many others are, but it is much finer. It is a Square about eight Fathom; in the middle of each Face there is a great Arch, by which one enters into Vaults, which make and Croſs, as in the others, but they are higher, and it is not under thefe Vaults that Travellers Lodges for the Chambers are in the four Corners, about three Fathom (quare, two or three foot raiſed from the Ground, and open on the two fides within, where there are great Arches from the Floor up to the Vault; each Chamber harh its Chimuy, and other small conveniences: the Place in the middle is covered with a Dome, in which there is a great round opening in the top, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 133
SOURCE for Tenghi-Daloûn
« Après avoir passé le lit d'un large torrent sans eau, on joint le hameau de Ten- ghi-Daloûn, où sont deux citernes en forme de berceau. L'eau qu'elles renferment est un peu saumâtre. Au milieu de ce hameau est une tour où des gardes veillent nuit et jour pour préserver les villageois de quelque attaque.Le 18, après avoir fait le tour d'une col- line, nous passons à gué un ruisseau salé, qui coule de droite à gauche. Peu après est un aquéduc à demi ruiné. [After crossing the bed of a large torrent without water, we reach the hamlet of Tenghi-Daloûn, where there are two cradle-shaped cisterns. The water they contain is a little brackish. In the middle of this hamlet is a tower where guards watch night and day to protect the villagers from any attack.On the 18th, after going around a hill, we ford a salty stream, which flows from right to left. Shortly after is a half-ruined aqueduct.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 pp. 426-7
SOURCE for Tengi Dalun
« den 24. Dez. zur Karawanserei Tengi Dalun (Tâng Dâlân) 6 Farsach. [on Dec. 24 zur Karawanserei Tengi Dalun (Tâng Dâlân) 6 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 122
SOURCE for Tengidahan
« Dieser Platz zog die Aufmerksamkeit aller Reisenden auf sich, die unseren Weg nahmen, denn hier traf man nach dem Verlassen der Ebene von Bandar-e "Abbās zum ersten Mal auf-wenn auch schlecht schmeckendes fließendes Wasser. Thévenots Beschreibung der Anlage ist wert zitiert zu werden: Er gelangte zu einem Karvansarai, Tengidahan genannt. Der ist bedeckt wie viele andere, ist aber weit schöner. Er hat auf beiden Seiten in der Mitte ungefähr acht Klafter im Geviert.[This place attracted the attention of all travelers who took our route, for here, after leaving the plain of Bandar-e "Abbās, one encountered, for the first time, running water, albeit bad in taste. Thévenot's description of the place is worth quoting be: He came to a Karvansarai, called Tengidahan. It is covered like many others, but is far more beautiful. It has about eight fathoms squared in the middle on both sides.] » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 42
SOURCE for Tenguedélan
« Ma traite se termina à Tenguedélan (*), comme qui diroit défilé, ou passage étroit, où il y a deux caravanserais et des citernes. Ce lieu est entre deux montagnes fort hautes, qui ne sont éloignées que d'un quart de lieue l'une de l'autre. L'un des caravanserais a un bassin d'eau vive, qui coule au travers d'un canal de pierre; (*) Prononces Tenk dildun. Ces mots, dit Fryer, signifient dans leur langue maternelle, un passage étroit. Herbert donne la même interprétation; expembat cos mots devroient signifier caure étroits, affligis, et le nom du kiraviarly suivant, semble justifier ma conjecture, C. le Bruyn at Thivent s'accordent à faire une description charmante de ce kravénarity, à unes lequel passe uns petite rivière. (L) [My journey ended at Tenguedélan (*), as if one would say parade, or narrow passage, where there are two caravanserais and cisterns. This place is between two very high mountains, which are only a quarter of a league apart. One of the caravanserais has a pool of white water, which flows through a stone channel;(*) Pronounced Tenk dildun. These words, says Fryer, mean in their native language, a narrow passage. Herbert gives the same interpretation; expembat these words should mean narrow, afflicted caure, and the name of the following kiraviarly, seems to justify my conjecture, C. le Bruyn and Thivent agree in making a charming description of this kravénarity, through which a small river passes. (L)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 493
« Le 23, au soir, je montai à cheval, foible et étourdi que j'étois, comme un homme prêt à tomber malade. Je fis ma traite, et arrivai à Tanguedelan (1); fn. 1 Tenk délâun, dont il a été fait mention ci-dessus, tom. VIII, pag. 493. (L-s.) [On the 23rd, in the evening, I mounted my horse, weak and dizzy as I was, like a man ready to fall ill. I did my trading, and arrived at Tanguedelan (1); fn. 1 Tenk délâun, mentioned above, tom. VIII, p. 493. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 79
SOURCE for Tenquidalen
« j'arrivai à un carvansera neuf appelé Tenquidalen. Il y a au milieu un petit bassin d'eau vive formé par un ruisseau qui vient de la montagne, et comme il y a un vallon et un torrent entre deux, on fait passer cette eau par un canal sous le torrent, [I arrived at a new carvansera called Tenquidalen. In the middle there is a small pool of living water formed by a stream that comes from the mountain, and as there is a valley and a torrent between two, this water is passed through a channel under the torrent,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 322
SOURCE for Yanikidalin
« (31) Yanikidalin [? sic-- 6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219

R55-006 Dalaki
R55-006 Dalaki : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Dalaki , Daliki , دالكی ,
VARIANT names: Dalaki , Daliki , Dalki , Dalky , Daulaky ,
SOURCE for Dalaki
« On the thirtieth of March, soon after three o'clock we set out from Burazjún, and by a bad and stony path, arrived at the village of Dálaki or Dálki. » #2876 William Ouseley, Travels in Various Countries of the East, More Particularly Persia Vol. 1, Rodwell and Martin, London, 1819, ~ vol. 1 pp. 257-8
« Nous nous arrêtâmes au village de Dalaki, où tout le cara- vansérail était rempli. Il y a tout autour de grandes plantations de palmiers. [We stopped at the village of Dalaki, where the entire caravanserai was filled. There are large palm plantations all around.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 509
SOURCE for Daliki
« Indeed, when, as the sun just passed the zenith, we rode into the date-groves of Daliki, the pace had risen to what might almost be called a canter.
The little green oasis is set close at the foot of the outlying buttresses of the great mountain wall. » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 52
SOURCE for Dalki
SOURCE for Dalky
« Dalky [name of place] | 12 [miles] | Road very stony, over uneven ground: the moun- tains on the right running parallel to the road, about six or seven furlongs distant. Dally is situated at the foot of the mountains. [remarks] » #3021 John Macdonald Kinneir, A Geographical Memoir of the Persian Empire, John Murray, London, 1813 ~ Appendix p. 363
SOURCE for Daulaky
« Daulaky » in {map#1161 Route of H.M. Mission through Persia on 1809, , , #3070 James Justinian Morier, A Journey Through Persia, Armenia, and Asia Minor, to Constantinople, in the Years 1808 and 1809, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, London, 1812 ~}

R55-007 Bouchyr
R55-007 Bouchyr : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Abu Shehr , Abuschehr , Bandar Abu Shehr , Bandar Bushehr , Bandar-e Bushehr , Bouchehr , Buschir , Bushehr , Bushire , بندر بوشهر , بوشهر ,
VARIANT names: Abbeseer , Abïishehr , Abou-Chahr , Abousher , Abu Shahr , Abufchahhr , Alexandri , Antiochia in Persis , Bender-Bouchehr , Bocher , Booshuhr , Bouchyr , Bushahr , Bushehr , Bushir , Bushire , Chersonesos , Mesambria , Rev Ardeshir , Seleucia on the Erythraean Sea ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Bushire FOR Bascarde [Dames], POSSIBLE LOCATION at Bushire FOR Areon [Kempthorne],
SOURCE for Abbeseer
« Abbeseer (55 B) : Bushehr ? » #1939 Couto, Dejanirah, Bacqué-Grammont, Jean-Louis, and Taleghani, Mahmoud (eds.), Atlas historique du golfe Persique (XVIe-XVIIIe siècles), Turnhout, Brepols, 2006 ~ index p. 412
« Abbeseer » in {map#1022 Persische Golf, Compiled by Jan de Marre. Published in Amsterdam by Johannes van Keulen, 1753, The Hague, Nationaal Archief, 4.VEL S6B 033 kaart(13)}
SOURCE for Abïishehr
« 22. Abushehr (Büshir), 28° 59' 7" N.B., 50° 49' 37" O.L. v. G., aan het uiteinde van een door zandbanken omringden landtong gelegen, is de voornaamste haven van Perzie, met omstr. 20 000 inw. Het werd reeds door Jaqüt in het midden der eeuw vermeld1), ook door Balbi (1586) Met Reixel = Rlshehr op Portug. kaarten (waarover lager), werd waarschijnlijk Büshir bedoeld. Van Loon heeft het als Abbeseer. Het bleef een onbeduidend plaatsje lot Nadir Shah (1688—1747) er, weinige jaren vóór zijn dood. aanving de vloot te bouwen waarmede hij hoopte zijn gezag over de geheele Golf te vestigen. Gamron, reeds vervallen door de aanhoudende onlusten gedurende den Afghaanschen inval, geraakte ook onder Nadir niet weder tot bloei, en zoowel de Nederl. als de Eng. O. I. Cie kozen achtereenvolgens andere havens voor hun bedrijf: Basra, Bender Rïg, het eiland Kharak. Ook te Büshir had onze Compagnie eenigen tijd een kantoor, maar de Engelschen, die er zich vestigden in 1764, voerden er met korte tusschenpoozen, wanneer weder Gamron of Basra de voorkeur kregen, van den aanvang af den boventoon. Nearchus landt hier en noemt het Mesambria (wellicht, meent Tom., de nabootsing van een verloren Perz. naam, b. v. madema vairiya — „wat zich te midden van den vloed bevindt", of wel naiwa-rauia — „Middag", in de beteekenis van den bestaanden naam van deze kust germsïr — heete landstreek). Hij beschrijft het als een „schiereiland met vele tuinen, waarin alle soorten van vruchtboomen groeien", hetgeen tot op zekere hoogte nog heden het geval is. Ptolemaeus heeft Chersonesos voor het schiereiland, zonder nadere aanduiding. Vincent (p. 395) meent dat de Grieken hiermede een woordelijke vertaling kunnen gegeven hebben van een reeds bestaanden oud-Perz. naam: Mesen — eiland, Ber — vasteland: Mesen-ber-ia, dat is dus omgekeerd Cherso nese. Dit heeft echter geen ingang gevonden.
I) De Morgan (Études Géograph., II, 300.) zegt ten onrechte dat Bushïr gesticht werd door Nadir Shah en hij haar Aba Chahr = Perè des cités noemde. Ook deze afleiding is betwistbaar, want Abü is een arab. en shehr het enkelvoud van een Perz. woord, waardoor de samenkoppeling dus onaannemelijk wordt. Houtum Schindler (bij Curzon, II, 231, note) vond in den Karnamek {Boek der Daden) van Ardeshïr Babekan, den eerste der Sasaniden, dat hij, vluchtende naar de kust voor de Parthen, „toen hij de zee aanschouwde God prees en daar aan een plek den naam Bokht- (= heeft verlost) Artakhshir gaf en er een tempel, aan het vuur gewijd, stichtte." De latere verkorting tot Büshir zou dan aannemelijk zijn (vgl. Bahmishlr van Bahman Ardeshir). Het is echter niet waarschijnlijk, dat deze afleiding het raadsel voor goed heeft opgelost.
[22. Abishehr (Büshir), 28° 59' 7" N., 50° 49' 37" E., situated at the extremity of a spit of land surrounded by sandbanks, is the principal port of Persia, with approx. 20 000 inh. It was already mentioned by Jaqüt in the middle of the century1), also by Balbi (1586) With Reixel = Rlshehr op Portug. cards (about which below), Büshir was probably meant. Van Loon has it as Abbeseer. It remained an insignificant place for Nadir Shah (1688-1747) a few years before his death. began to build the fleet with which he hoped to establish his authority over the entire Gulf. Gamron, already dilapidated by the continuing disturbances during the Afghan invasion, did not flourish again under Nadir either, and both the Nederl. as the Eng. O. I. Cie successively chose other ports for their company: Basra, Bender Rig, the island of Kharak. Our Company also had an office at Büshir for some time, but the English, who settled there in 1764, predominated from the outset at short intervals, when Gamron or Basra were again preferred. Nearchus lands here and calls it Mesambria (perhaps, thinks Tom., the imitation of a lost Persian name, e.g. madema vairiya — "that which is in the midst of the flood," or naiwa-rauia — "Afternoon," in the meaning of the existing name of this coast germsir — hot country). He describes it as a "peninsula with many gardens, in which all kinds of fruit trees grow," which is still the case to a certain extent today. Ptolemy has Chersonesos for the peninsula, without specifying. Vincent (p. 395) believes that the Greeks may have given a literal translation of an already existing old Persian name: Mesen — island, Ber — mainland: Mesen-ber-ia, that is the reverse Cherso nese However, this has not found acceptance.
I) De Morgan (Études Géograph., II, 300.) wrongly says that Bushir was founded by Nadir Shah and he called it Aba Chahr = Perè des cités. This derivation is also debatable, because Abu is an Arab. and shehr the singular of a Persian. word, making the combination implausible. Houtum Schindler (at Curzon, II, 231, note) found in the Karnamek (Book of Deeds) of Ardeshir Babekan, the first of the Sasanids, that, fleeing to the coast of the Parthians, "when he beheld the sea he praised God and there gave a place the name Bokht- (= has redeemed) Artakhshir and founded there a temple dedicated to the fire." The later shortening to Büshir would then be plausible (cf. Bahmishlr of Bahman Ardeshir). probably, that this derivation has solved the riddle for good.] » #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ p. 386
SOURCE for Abou-Chahr
#1839 Morgan, Jacques de, Mission scientifique en Perse Tome Second Études Géographiques, Ernest Leroux, Paris, 1895 vol. 2: ~ Fig. 142. Abou-Chahr p. 299
SOURCE for Abousher
« The same day in the evening, wee were at Abousher, which is a Castle. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 457
SOURCE for Abu Shahr
« Confident of his ability to challenge the British themselves, Shaikh Salman carried out his first direct hostile act against the British on July 18, 1765. Six of his Gallivats captured two British ships on their way from Abu Shahr to Basra, a small Company ship called Sally and the Company’s yacht. A few days later they captured Fort William (286), one of the British ships trading under Company protection. The capture of these ships marked the beginning of a long and arduous struggle between the British and Kaᶜb.
fn. 286 B.P.C., Vol. 28. Letter from Basra, Aug. 14, 1765. » #2977 Abdul Amir Amin, British Interests in the Persian Gulf 1747-1778 - thesis, University of Maryland, 1962 ~ p. 142
SOURCE for Abufchahhr
« A Ahhrán je quittois le Kaffle, avec quelques autres perſonnes, qui étoient ausſi à Cheval, et j'arrivois à la verité un peu incommodé et fatigué, mais d'ailleurs fort heureuſement à Abuſchähhr. [At Ahhrán I left the Kaffle, with some other people, who were also on horseback, and I arrived in truth a little inconvenienced and tired, but otherwise very happily at Abuſchähhr.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 148
SOURCE for Alexandri
« Alexandri: ‘From the river Rhogomanis to a peninsula 500 stadia. Opposite
this is an island called Alexandri’.(120) Bushehr.(121)
fn. 120 Schoff, Periplus of the Outer Sea (as in n. 111) 21.
fn. 121 W. Henkelman, pers. comm. » #2996 Potts, D., The islands of the XIVth Satrapy. Pp. 375-396 in Oetjen, R., ed. New perspectives in Seleucid history, archaeology and numismatics: Studies in honor of Getzel M. Cohen., Beiträge zur Altertumskunde 355, De Gruyter, 2019 ~ p. 393
SOURCE for Antiochia in Persis
#382 Potts, D.T., The Arabian Gulf in Antiquity, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990 pp 15-6 D. T. Potts reviews the possible locations and states that the suggestion put forward by W. W. Tarn that the city was located at Bushire has been generally accepted.
SOURCE for Bender-Bouchehr
« La veille de notre départ de Bender-Bouchéhr, nous primes congé du cheykh, [The day before our departure from Bender-Bouchehr, we took leave of the sheikh,] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 52
« Bender-Bouchéhr » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 491
SOURCE for Bocher
« After an hour's talk with him, I re-embarked in my taranquaine, which is the name of the vessels that navigate the Persian Gulf (1). I followed our route with a light wind from the sea, which took us near the Persian coast. About four o'clock in the afternoon we saw Bocher [Bushire], a little town on the Persian coast of which I will speak in another place; and, in passing two leagues below it, we also saw Richer [Rishahr], which appears to be a large fortress on the seashore, built in former times by the Portuguese at the mouth of a little river (2). By it was a beach between two mountains and a village in a wood, the verdure of which was a pleasant sight from the sea. It was once inhabited and under Portuguese rule, but is now deserted except for some poor Persians and Arabs, subjects of the King of Persia. That night and the following day we continued on our way along the coast.
fn. 1 Hamilton (1, 41) calls these boats 'trankies'. As to their nature and the supposed derivation of the word, see Sir W. Foster's note (ibid., 1, 226), and Hobson-Jobson, 937, where Couto is cited as calling them 'terranquims' in 1554, and Hanway tarranquins' in 1753. Pietro della Valle (Viaggi, IV, 437; tr. Havers, 238) also speaks of the barques on the Persian Gulf called 'terrankim'.
fn. 2 This was the former fortress of the ancient town of Rishahr, mentioned by Curzon, II, 235, and Wilson, p. 74 » #385 ed. Fawcett, The Travels of the Abbe Carre in India and the near east 1672 to 1674, Hakluyt Society, London, 1947 ~ vol.1 pp. 94-5
SOURCE for Booshuhr
« I only stayed long enough in Booshuhr to enable arrangements to be made for my journey to Sheeraz, and started after a couple of days. The road to Sheeraz has been so often, and in some cases, especially by Colonel Taylor, so well described, that there remains very little to say about it. It leaves the town and proceeds over an expanse of hard sand which gradually becomes more and more wet, and it is necessary to be very careful in following the track, or else to have a guide; as off the road, one might very soon get into a quicksand. » #1795 MacGregor , Charles Metcalfe, Narrative of a Journey through the Province of Khorassan, and on the N. W. Frontier of Afghanistan in 1875, ~ vol. 1 p. 14
SOURCE for Bouchyr
« Nous faisons halte au second village, et à deux heures, après le soleil couché, nous nous remettons en route dans la compagnie d'une caravane qui se rendait comme nous à Bouchyr. [We stopped at the second village, and at two o'clock, after the sun had set, we set off again in the company of a caravan which was going, like us, to Bouchyr.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 510
SOURCE for Bushahr
SOURCE for Bushehr
« The two principal ports of foreign trade were Masqat and Basrah through one or other of which passed the great bulk of the goods that either entered or left the Gulf. It was calculated that more than half of the Indian imports at Bushehr and Basrah and the bulk of those into Bahrain were received through Masqat; and, similarly, the goods arriving by land from Europe, Asia Minor, etc., were distributed from Basrah as a centre. Bushehr was now practically the only port of Persia, as Basrah was of Turkish Iraq; Bahrain served Hasa and Central Arabia through Zubarah and Qatif; and Masqat was almost exclusively a port of transit. Bushehr and Kuwait were sometimes used as bases from which to smuggle goods into Turkish Iraq and even across Turkish Iraq to Europe. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915 ~ vol. 1 pt. 1 p. 166
« Bushehr is situated at the northern end of a cigar-shaped peninsula of quaterny sandstone, about 12 miles long by 4 miles broad in the widest part, running parallel to the mainland and joined to it in the middle by a sandy plain about 20 miles wide, known as the Mashilah, which in winter more resembled a marsh. The town was a little above sea level, and until the early nineteenth century it was frequently an island, from rising tides.(3) In fact, in 1673 the town was described as being “surrounded on the west by a river, which is navigable for large boats, sand on the other side is embellished by woods and palm-groves. Most of the inhabitants are Arabs, the rest are Persians.”(4) However, already by mid-nineteenth century this flooding of the marsh was a rare occurrence, while towards the end of the century Bushehr had in fact become a peninsula.(5)
fn. 5. The origin of the name Bushehr is unclear. Popular etymology has it that the name means Abu Shahr or Father of the City, which is very doubtful. Equally doubtful is A. Houtum Schindler’s suggestion that the name is a contraction of Bokht Ardashir (Ardashir has delivered). Curzon 1892, vol. 1, p. 231; E`temad al-Saltaneh 1294-96/1877-80, vol. 1, p. 300 mentions that Bushehr sometimes became an island. For the situation in 1913, see Report on the Trade 1913-14, p. 1. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Bushir
« The stoney peninsula of Bushir, 130 miles north west of Siraf, is connected to the mainland by a marshy area. Some surface findings at the end of the 19th century. Then Pezard's excavations in 1910 and finally Williamson' s survey have shed some light on the history of the city . » #2809 R. Boucharlat, J.-F. Salles, The History and Archaeology of The Gulf From The Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D.: A Review Of The Evidence, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, London, 1981, Vol. 11:pp. 65-94 ~ p. 69
« Bushlr has been identified with Antioch of Persis (Ptolemy, VI, 4, 2) already mentioned in an inscription from Magnesia upon the Meander (Tarn 1951 : 270 note 11). » #2809 R. Boucharlat, J.-F. Salles, The History and Archaeology of The Gulf From The Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D.: A Review Of The Evidence, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, London, 1981, Vol. 11:pp. 65-94 ~ p. 70
SOURCE for Bushire
« Nov. 9th.-We entered the gate of Bushire at sun-rise, rode to the British factory, and, leaving our horses, went straight to the bath; after which, we walked through the dirty and sandy town, to the Resident's house. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 344
SOURCE for Chersonesos
« 22. Abïishehr (Büshir) … Hij beschrijft het als een "schiereiland met vele tuinen, waarin alle soorten van vruchtboomen groeien", hetgeen tot op zekere hoogte nog heden het geval is. Ptolemaeus heeft Chersonesos voor het schiereiland, zonder nadere aanduiding. Vincent (p. 395) meent dat de Grieken hiermede een woordelijke vertaling kunnen gegeven hebben van een reeds bestaanden oud-Perz. naam: Mesen = eiland, Ber = vasteland: Mesen-ber-ia, dat is dus omgekeerd Cherso nese. Dit heeft echter geen ingang gevonden. [22. Abïishehr (Büshir) ... He describes it as a "peninsula with many gardens, in which grow all kinds of fruit trees", which to some extent is still the case today. Ptolemy has Chersonesos for the peninsula, without further designation. Vincent (p. 395) believes that the Greeks could have given a literal translation of an already existing old Persian name: Mesen = island, Ber = mainland: Mesen-ber-ia, which is Chersonese in reverse. However, this has not found acceptance. ] » #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907, ~ pp. 386-7
SOURCE for Mesambria
« ‘In this passage they had followed the winding of the coast round a peninsula, (on which they saw plantations and gardens, with all kinds of fruit-trees,) and anchored at a place called Mesambria.'* This, therefore, could be only descriptive of the peninsula of Bushire, to the northward of which this station is to be sought for. * Voyage of Nearchus, c. 39. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971 ~
SOURCE for Rev Ardeshir
« Finally, Bushir is certainly the Sasanian Rev Ardeshir (Whitehouse
and Williamson 1973: 40-2 ). It is an important foundation of Ardeahir I
(22 4-242 ) on t he Coast, which emphasises, if needed, the Sasanian kings'
interest in supervising the Gulf trade (Tabari, in Noldeke 1879: 19) .
Rev Ardeshir was the diocesan centre of the Christian archbishop of Fars,
created in 415 / 420 , but Christians were already numerous in 341 when
Shapur II persecuted them (Fiey 1969: 182; 1974: 283-4) . » #2809 R. Boucharlat, J.-F. Salles, The History and Archaeology of The Gulf From The Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D.: A Review Of The Evidence, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, London, 1981, Vol. 11:pp. 65-94 ~
SOURCE for Seleucia on the Erythraean Sea
#382 Potts, D.T., The Arabian Gulf in Antiquity, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990 pp 15-6 Potts reviews the possible locations and states that the suggestion put forward by W. W. Tarn that the city was located at Bushire has been generally accepted.

R55-008 Mirabdella
R55-008 Mirabdella : place IRN
VARIANT names: Mirabdella ,
SOURCE for Mirabdella
« Je ne fis que cinq farsangs pour atteindre le petit village de Mirabdella, composé de cabanes; les habitants vinrent en foule m'importuner, [I only made five farsangs to reach the small village of Mirabdella, made up of cabins; the inhabitants came in crowds to bother me,] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 512

R55-009 Ahram
R55-009 Ahram : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: 14803349 coordinate: lat 28.85259 long 51.23315
NIMA/GNS names: Ahram ,
VARIANT names: Ahram , Harem ,
SOURCE for Ahram
« Nous nous arrêtâmes, après avoir marché cinq farsangs, au grand village d'Ahram, peut- ètre le même qui est indiqué dans la carte de Lapie, sous le nom d'Akhrem; [We stopped, after walking five farsangs, at the large village of Ahram, perhaps the same one which is indicated in the map of Lapie, under the name of Akhrem;] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 512
SOURCE for Harem
« On laisse sur la gauche un village muré, appelé Bahdh, dans le voisinage duquel, à l'ouest, est un bois de palmiers. Une farseng plus loin, nous rejoignons le chemin qui conduit directement de Bender-Bou- chêr au village de Harem. [We leave on the left a walled village, called Bahdh, in the vicinity of which, to the west, is a palm grove. A farseng further on, we join the path which leads directly from Bender-Boucher to the village of Harem.] » #3256 India. Quarter Master General's Department. Intelligence Branch, Gazetteer of Persia Vol. IV, Printed at the Government Central Printing Office, 1892 ~ vol. 2 p. 54

R55-010 Khaloma
R55-010 Khaloma : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Kalameh , Kalimeh , Kalmeh , كلمه ,
VARIANT names: Kalama , Kalimeh , Kélémé , Khalluma , Khaloma , Khuleema , Kullema ,
SOURCE for Kalama
« 7, KALAMA-20 miles north-west by west-162 miles, 5 hours-40 hours. Road level and good for first 5 miles, then rather difficult in defile; thence to end of march good. Soil for the most part sand and gravel. Direction for 18 miles, north-west by north. Leave encamping ground, and at 14 miles a road turns off to right front, leading to Dehroot (about 16 miles off). » #3091 C M Macgregor, Central Asia. Part IV. A contribution towards the better knowledge of the topography, ethnology, resources, and history of Persia., Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1871 ~ p. 738
SOURCE for Kalimeh
SOURCE for Kélémé
« Notre marche tendait vers le nord, quand nous approchions de Kélémé. Ce hameau, faisant partie du district de Houmal, est peuplé d'une centaine de familles qui logent sous des cabanes de pal- miers. Il n'y a que deux maisons bâties en terre, et fermées par deux grandes portes. [Our march tended towards the north, when we approached Kélémé. This hamlet, part of the district of Houmal, is populated by a hundred families who live under palm huts. There are only two houses built of earth, and closed by two large doors.] » #3256 India. Quarter Master General's Department. Intelligence Branch, Gazetteer of Persia Vol. IV, Printed at the Government Central Printing Office, 1892 ~ vol. 2 p. 56
SOURCE for Khalluma
« Khalluma 25 miles A small village at one corner of a small plain. Road in a pass through the rocks, formed by a small rivulet running in a winding course. Another vil-lage, called Taluk, lies at the other extremity of the plain, which is well watered and cultivated. » #3021 John Macdonald Kinneir, A Geographical Memoir of the Persian Empire, John Murray, London, 1813 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Khaloma
« nous fimes environ cinq farsangs pour arriver au village de Khaloma où nous trouvâmes enfin de l'eau potable. [We traveled about five farsangs to reach the village of Khaloma where we finally found drinking water.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 514
SOURCE for Khuleema
« Khuleema » in {map#1233 Route Map Shiraz to Bushire round trip, TAYLOR R L Lieutenant-Colonel, 1858, British Library: IOR X/3125, route map 5}
SOURCE for Kullema
« Kullema » in {map#1231 ‘Sketch of Lieut. Snodgrass’s Route from Bushire to Shiraz, via Feruzabad, A.D. 1810’, , , [1r] (1/2), British Library: Map Collections, IOR/X/3118, in Qatar Digital Library}

R55-011 Bouchougoun
R55-011 Bouchougoun : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Booshakan , Bushgan , Bushkan , بوشكان ,
VARIANT names: Bauchkhoûn , Bech Goom , Besh Goom , Beshgum , Booshgoon , Bosgun , Boshakun , Bouchgun , Bouchougoun , Bush Goom , Bushetgan , Bushgan , Bushkan ,
SOURCE for Bauchkhoûn
« Un chemin uni nous mène à Bauchkhoûn, village composé d'une trentaine de familles, et dépendant du district de Houmal. Le manque d'eau fait que l'on n'y cultive que de l'orge et du blé. [A smooth road leads us to Bauchkhoûn, a village composed of about thirty families, and dependent on the district of Houmal. The lack of water means that only barley and wheat are grown there.] » #3256 India. Quarter Master General's Department. Intelligence Branch, Gazetteer of Persia Vol. IV, Printed at the Government Central Printing Office, 1892 ~ vol. 2 p. 57
SOURCE for Bech Goom
« Bech Goom » in {map#1231 ‘Sketch of Lieut. Snodgrass’s Route from Bushire to Shiraz, via Feruzabad, A.D. 1810’, , , [1r] (1/2), British Library: Map Collections, IOR/X/3118, in Qatar Digital Library}
SOURCE for Besh Goom
« Besh Goom » in {map#1129 Map of Asia Minor Armenia and Koordistan, , 1816, #3020 John Macdonald Kinneir, Journey Through Asia Minor, Armenia, and Koordistan in the Years 1813 and 1814, John Murray, London, 1818 ~}
« Besh Goom » in {map#1231 ‘Sketch of Lieut. Snodgrass’s Route from Bushire to Shiraz, via Feruzabad, A.D. 1810’, , , [1r] (1/2), British Library: Map Collections, IOR/X/3118, in Qatar Digital Library}
SOURCE for Beshgum
« BESHGUM - A village in Fars, Persia, 75 miles east of Abushahar, on the road by Shiraz to Firozabad, from which last it is 76 miles west. It is situated in a plain of oval form and of some extent. The water is bad and scarce, and the neighbourhood devoid of cultivation. (Snodgrass.) » #3091 C M Macgregor, Central Asia. Part IV. A contribution towards the better knowledge of the topography, ethnology, resources, and history of Persia., Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1871 ~ p. 73
SOURCE for Booshgoon
« Booshgoon » in {map#1233 Route Map Shiraz to Bushire round trip, TAYLOR R L Lieutenant-Colonel, 1858, British Library: IOR X/3125, route map 5}
SOURCE for Bosgun
« Nous ne prenions pas le détour vers Korimudſch, mais nous allames de la montagne Sandel, à un village Pir, où nous arrivames le 23 au matin. La nuit fuivante nous pasfâmes devant Bosgún un grand village avec un château, et nous campâmes fur une grande plaine, près du village Tále. [We did not take the detour to Korimudſch, but went from Mount Sandel to a village called Pir, where we arrived on the morning of the 23rd. The following night we passed by Bosgún, a large village with a castle, and we camped on a large plain near the village of Tále.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 147
SOURCE for Boshakun
« Boshakun » in {map#1188 Map of Persia (in Six Sheets), Simla Drawing Office Survey of India, 1902, Geographicus, New York}
SOURCE for Bouchgun
« De Bouchgûn nous gagnâmes Ferrach-Bend qui en est éloigné de onze heures . [From Bouchgûn we reached Ferrach-Bend which is eleven hours away.] » #3388 Eugène Flandin, Pascal Xavier Coste, Voyage En Perse pendant les annees 1840 et 1841. Relation du voyage, Gide et J. Baudry, Paris, 1851 ~ p. 332
SOURCE for Bouchougoun
« 1 février. Route est, tirant un peu sur le sud. Nous continuons à voyager dans la mon- tagne, nous arrivons ensuite dans une vallée où est situé le grand village de Bouchougoun; toutes les maisons en pierres sont en ruine èt remplacées par des cabanes couvertes de nattes divisées par petits groupes [February 1. East road, pulling a little towards the south. We continue traveling in the mountains, we then arrive in a valley where the large village of Bouchougoun is located; all the stone houses are in ruins and replaced by huts covered with mats divided into small groups] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 515
SOURCE for Bush Goom
« Bush Goom. 20 miles Small village, situated in a plain, apparently de. void of cultivation: water bad and scarce. About nineteen miles the pass of Hajee Sulla. Remainder of the road pretty good: country barren and rugged. » #3021 John Macdonald Kinneir, A Geographical Memoir of the Persian Empire, John Murray, London, 1813 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Bushetgan
« 5. Fifth house: Bushetgan (Haft Farsang). » #3161 Dr. Mohammad Ismail Ismaili Jolodar, A proposal to determine the location of the ancient port of Najiram based on the written texts of Sadr Islam and archaeological studies, rasekhoon.net/article/show/1012597/, 2013 ~
SOURCE for Bushgan
SOURCE for Bushkan
« Bushkan » in {map#1172 Index Map to routes in Persia vol. IV part II., , 1922, [?308r] (1/2), British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, f 308, in Qatar Digital Library}
« 6. BUSHKAN-33 miles north-west by north-142 miles, 8 hours-354 hours. Road good for first 6 miles; thence to 12 miles undulating and difficult. From 10 to 11 miles impracticable for carriages. The rest of the march level with occasional undulations. Soil, sandy and alluvial. » #3091 C M Macgregor, Central Asia. Part IV. A contribution towards the better knowledge of the topography, ethnology, resources, and history of Persia., Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1871 ~ p. 738

R55-012 Ferrachben
R55-012 Ferrachben : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Farash , Farashband , Farrash , Farrashband , فراشبند ,
VARIANT names: Farrachbent , Farrashband , Ferashband , Ferashbund , Ferashbund , Ferrachben , Ferrach-Bend , Firaschbend , Furrashbund ,
SOURCE for Farrachbent
« Farrachbent 8 Farsangs » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 492
SOURCE for Farrashband
« Farrashband » in {map#1158 Fig. 1 Location of Fahlian and other way stations on the Royal Road (Mostavi 1967), , , #3065 Nishiaki, Yoshihiro, Japanese excavations in the Mrav Dasht Plain, Iran. In: Archaeological Research and Preservation of Cultural Heritage in Iran, edited by K. Yamauchi, N. Murakami and T. Kanai, Fuefuki: Research Institute for Cultural Properties, Teikyo University, 2020 ~}
SOURCE for Ferashband
« Ferashband » in {map#1231 ‘Sketch of Lieut. Snodgrass’s Route from Bushire to Shiraz, via Feruzabad, A.D. 1810’, , , [1r] (1/2), British Library: Map Collections, IOR/X/3118, in Qatar Digital Library}
SOURCE for Ferashbund
« Ferashbund » in {map#1233 Route Map Shiraz to Bushire round trip, TAYLOR R L Lieutenant-Colonel, 1858, British Library: IOR X/3125, route map 5}
« We reached the village Ferashbund at the end of
38 miles, according to my reckoning; the distance from Firúzabad is reckoned at only 9 fursacks, and from Ahmedabad about 3 miles less. This village is embosomed in palm-groves. » #3038 Keith E. Abbott, Notes Taken on a Journey Eastwards from Shiráz to Fessá and Darab, Thence Westwards by Jehrúm to Kazerún, in 1850, The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, London, 1857 ~ pp. 179-80
SOURCE for Ferrachben
« Nous trouvâmes une route de Chyraz à Bender-Abassy, un peu avant d'ar- river à Ferrachben; la journée fut longue, environ huit farsangs. [We found a road from Chyraz to Bender-Abassy, a little before arriving at Ferrachben; the day was long, about eight farsangs] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 516
SOURCE for Ferrach-Bend
« De Bouchgûn nous gagnâmes Ferrach-Bend qui en est éloigné de onze heures . [From Bouchgûn we reached Ferrach-Bend which is eleven hours away.] » #3388 Eugène Flandin, Pascal Xavier Coste, Voyage En Perse pendant les annees 1840 et 1841. Relation du voyage, Gide et J. Baudry, Paris, 1851 ~ p. 332
SOURCE for Firaschbend
« On dit encore, que Firafchblend, un autre Village, pas loin de là, n'auroit ausfi plus la quatrième partie des habitans, qu'il a eu autrefois. [It is also said that Firafchblend, another village not far from there, no longer has a quarter of the inhabitants it once had.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 87
SOURCE for Furrashbund
« 5. FURRASHBUND-38 miles north-west-109 miles, 10 hours-274 hours. Road, level and good, across plain of Feerozabad, for first 10 miles; then undulating and very rugged over a succession of ridges and defiles; the most difficult between 20 and 26 miles. » #3091 C M Macgregor, Central Asia. Part IV. A contribution towards the better knowledge of the topography, ethnology, resources, and history of Persia., Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1871 ~ p. 737

R55-013 Firouzabad
R55-013 Firouzabad : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Firuzabad , فیروز آباد ,
VARIANT names: Firouzabad , Firouz-Abad , Fírozabad , Firuzabad ,
SOURCE for Firouzabad
« Ayant trouvé un endroit où il y avait plusieurs sources d'excel- lente eau et quelques masures, nous y fimes notre menzil, à moitié chemin de Firouzabad, à environ quatre farsangs et demi. [Having found a place where there were several sources of excellent water and some hovels, we made our menzil there, half way from Firouzabad, about four and a half farsangs away.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 518
SOURCE for Firouz-Abad
« Firouz-Abad 8 Farsangs » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 492
SOURCE for Fírozabad
« 4. Fírozábád-16 miles S.-71 miles; 4 miles-163 miles, 4 hours 15 minutes. by cast. Road good, except through the defile of Fierozkoon and the pass of Firozabad; latter is impracticable for artillery, but passable for mountain guns on mules. A heavy rain, the torrent in the pass becomes unfordable. General direction so by east. » #3091 C M Macgregor, Central Asia. Part IV. A contribution towards the better knowledge of the topography, ethnology, resources, and history of Persia., Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1871 ~ p. 736
« Firozabad 40 miles Road bad. Near Firozabad descend the moun- tains into a beautiful well cultivated plain. The fort lies at the further extremity. » #3021 John Macdonald Kinneir, A Geographical Memoir of the Persian Empire, John Murray, London, 1813 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Firuzabad
« FIRÜZABAD (formerly Piruzābād, 'the town of victory', and originally known as Gūr or Cür) is situated in 28° 50' N. Lat. and 52° 34' E. Long. (Greenwich); it is 1356 m. above sea level. The present town, which had 4,340 inhabitants in 1951, is 3 km. to the south-east of the ancient site. Firü-zābād, besides being one of the chief centres of the Kash-ka'i tribe [q.v.], is the chief administrative centre of the district (shahristan) of the same name in the seventh Ustan (Fars). The surrounding country is very fertile and well-watered and the climate is temperate. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 2 p. 925
« I2th March, Firuzabad, 6 farsakhs ; 8.30a.m.
to 5 p.m. The next day's march was to take
us to Firuzabad. The road passes through two
defiles, cloven by the river in a rocky ridge 500
feet high, called the Knife-edge (par-i-Kdrd),
and in a mountain-range beyond. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. 84

R55-014 Maïman
R55-014 Maïman : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Maimand , Meymand , Meymand-e Olya , میمند ,
VARIANT names: Maiman , Maimand , Maymand , Meiman , Meymand (Fars) , Mimand ,
SOURCE for Maiman
« Maiman » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« Among the giftswhich he made to him were one hundred of the villages ofJamakan, which is a [valley like a] trench between twomountains, twenty-four farsakhs in length and traversed by a great river, with the villages ranged on both sides of it.(114)This is the finest place in the [region of] Shiraz, and among its larger villages, which are equal in size to towns, is Maiman; this belongs to the qādi of whom we have been speaking. (115) One of the curious things about this place called Jamakan is that the half of it which is contiguous with Shiraz-namely, for the distance of twelve farsakhs-is exceedingly cold. The snow falls there and the majority of the trees are walnuts. But the other half, which | is contiguous to the land of Hunj Ubal and the country of al-Lar, (116) on the way to Hurmuz, is exceedingly hot, and there the majority of the trees are date palms.
fn. 114 The Ribat of Jam(a)kan is placed by Mustawafi (trans., 176) 5 farsakhs south of Kavar and 6 farsakhs north of Mimand, i.e., near the modern Zanjirån. Ibn Battūta has apparently confused the name with that of Simkan, a district 6 farsakhs in length lying midway between Mimand and Karzin drained by a right-bank affluent of the Sakkan (Mand) river, since on his return journey in 1347 (vol. IV. p. 311, Arabic) he places Jamakan between these two places: cf. Schwarz, III, 71-2. Mimand, to the east of Firûzābād, is Ibn Battuta's Maiman. His division of the valley into a hot region and a cold region probably derives from the traditional division of Fars into the Garmsir ('Hot Lands') and Sardsir ('Cold Lands'), originally a south-north division, but later on distinguishing the coastal lowlands from the interior highlands (see G. Le Strange, Lands of the Eastern Caliphate (Cambridge, 1905), 249).
fn. 115 According to the Persian Guide to Shiraz (Bahman Karimi, Räknumayi Athar-i Tarikh-i Shiraz (Tehran, 1327 Sh.), 55), the township of Mimand was constituted by Tashi Khātün (below, p. 307, n. 121) a waqf-endowment for the tomb-mosque called Shah Chiragh (below, p. 313, n. 135), and still is so.fn. 116 See below, p. 405. » #1103 Marco Polo and Rustichello of Pisa, The Travels of Marco Polo: The Complete Yule-Cordier Edition, Dover Publications inc., New York, 1993, 2 vols ~ pp. 304-5
« Nous marchâmes ce jour-là cinq farsangs pour atteindre Maïman, village situé dans une plaine bien arrosée et qui a de vastes vergers [That day we walked five farsangs to reach Maïman, a village located in a well-watered plain and which has vast orchards.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p520
SOURCE for Maimand
« Maimand » in {map#1213 India and adjacent countries 1:1,000,000, Persia, Surveyor General of India, 1936, University of Wisconsin fig. Sheet No. 17 Shiraz 1936}
« Maimand consists of 3 villages: Üliva and Suflä (otherwise called Deh Bälä and Deh Pain) and Shabänkärch, and is famous for its rose-gardens, producing all the rose-water ex- posted from the S. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 480
SOURCE for Maymand
« Maymand.(1) A small town of the hot region, where fruits of all kinds grow, especially most excellent grapes. There are running streams, and the climate is more temperate than in the other towns of the hot region. There is here a mosque for the Friday prayers. fn. 1 There is a Maymand to the east of Firūzābād (see FNN. 305). But possibly the chief town of the Naband District is intended, lying on the coust to the east of Strüf, as mentioned by Istakhri (p. 104). This is no longer to be found on the map. » #3047 G. Le Strange, Description of the Province of Fars, in Persia, at the Beginning of the Twelfth Century A.D. Translated from the MS. of Ibn-al-Balkhi, in the British Museum, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1912 pp. 1-30, pp. 311-339, pp. 865-889 ~ p. 327
« Jukan を?ぎると、道はShabankārah and Maymandへ?じる ???道との???に?する。Jūkānは. Mustawfi Qazwini が Rubāt Jamkän (Ribat-i Jam- akān)と記している地?と一?す [After Jukan the road reaches a junction with a dirt road leading to Shabankārah and Maymand. Jūkān corresponds to a place name recorded by Mustawfi Qazwini as Rubāt Jamkān (Ribat-i Jamakān).] » #3343 Koji Kamioka and Hikoichi Yajima, Iran Zagurosu Sanmyaku goe no ki karaban ruto (Caravan routes across the Zagros Mountains in Iran), Research Institute for Languages and Culture of Asia and Africa, 1988 ~ p. 37
SOURCE for Meiman
« Meimân 6 Farsangs » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 vol. 2 p. 491
SOURCE for Meymand (Fars)
« Meymand » in {map#1180 Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars, , , #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~}
« Meymand in route Lingah to Shiraz» #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 344
SOURCE for Mimand
« Mimand VI C4 Id. à l'Ouest de Firüzābād Iran. Cité de la circonscription d'Ardašir - Hurra. I 104; H 267; Hur 44; F 201; Muq 52 1 422. Yaq IV, 718; LS 258. » #2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 54
« Arrajan, - Qustan, Dariyan, Mahrūban, (13) Jannabah, Siniz , Balasābūr, Hinduwān. Sirāf, — Jur, Mimand, Naband, as-Simakān , Khabr, Khawaristan, al- Ghundijän, Kurän , Samirän, Zirabadh, Najiram, Naband-Din or the lower, Sura (14), Ras Kishm. Darābajird, -Takistān or Tabistān , al- Kurdibān, Kurm, Yazdakhawast, 15 Rustaqu- r- Rustaq, Burk, Azbaräli, Sinan, Juwaim- Abi-fn. 13 Or Mahruban
fn. 14 Called also Sirü and Süru.
fn. 16 Or, according to the Persian pronunciation, Yazdakhast. »
#3135 Muḥammad ibn Aḥmad Muqaddasi ed. George Speirs Alexander Ranking, Ahsānu-t-taqāsim Fi Ma?rifati-l-aqālim Volume 1, Parts 1–4, Asiatic Society of Bengal, New Series, No. 899, Calcutta, 1897 ~ p. 91
« On lit dans le Moschtarik: Mimand est un des villages de Ghaznah. Abou- l-Hasan Ali ben Ahmad al-Mimandi en porte le nom d'origine. C'est le vizir de Mahmoud ben Subuktikin¹. Il y a aussi un village appelé Mimand dans le Fårs. Une personne qui l'a visité rapporte que c'est un petit village, sans mu- raille, où le noyer, le pommier, l'abricotier et la vigne croissent en abondance et où l'eau est amenée par un canal souterrain. Ce village est à deux marches à l'est de Djour et à deux marches au sud-sud-ouest de Schiraz. [We read in the Moschtarik: Mimand is one of the villages of Ghaznah. Aboul-l-Hasan Ali ben Ahmad al-Mimandi bears the original name. He is the vizier of Mahmoud ben Subuktikin¹. There is also a village called Mimand in Fårs. A person who visited it reports that it is a small village, without a wall, where walnut trees, apple trees, apricot trees and vines grow in abundance and where water is brought by an underground canal. This village is two marches east of Djour and two marches south-southwest of Shiraz.] »#3136 Abū al-Fidā' Ismā?il ibn ?Ali, Joseph Toussaint Reinaud, Géographie d'Aboulféda Volumes 1–2, A l'imprimerie Nationale, Paris, 1848 ~ Tome II parte 2 p. 203

R55-015 Espal-Destaiet
R55-015 Espal-Destaiet : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Asfal , Esfal , اسفل ,
VARIANT names: Esfal , Espal-Destaiet , Ispal ,
SOURCE for Esfal
SOURCE for Espal-Destaiet
« The palm tree begins to reappear. I camped on the banks of the river, opposite the village of Espal-Destaiet on the Tengui-Tachka [The palm tree begins to reappear. I camped on the banks of the river, opposite the village of Espal-Destaiet on the Tengui-Tachka.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 522
SOURCE for Ispal
« from above Ispal the road descends on the valley of the Qara Agach, passes Tuzun west of the river, and enters the Simakun plain, » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1982 ~ vol. 2 p. 233

R55-016 Akoun
R55-016 Akoun : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Hakan , Hakun , هکان ,
VARIANT names: Akoun , Akun , Hakan ,
SOURCE for Akoun
« Nous fimes plus de sept farsangs pour atteindre le gros village d'Akoun, bâti en amphithéâtre sur une colline: les environs sont bien cultivés en riz et bien plantés de palmiers; [We traveled more than seven farsangs to reach the large village of Akoun, built amphitheatrically on a hill: the surroundings are well cultivated with rice and well planted with palm trees;] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ pp. 522-3
SOURCE for Akun
« Akun » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
SOURCE for Hakan

R55-016a Djevé
R55-016a Djevé : place IRN
VARIANT names: Djeve ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION of Djevé AT Hena' lat 28.565187 long 53.516798 [[PBR]],
SOURCE for Djeve
« 8 février. Même direction. Nous remontâmes la rivière d'Akoun à travers une plaine bien cultivée; après avoir fait environ quatre farsangs, nous trouvâmes le petit village de Djevé, et, un farsang après, Djarroun, [February 8. Same direction. We went up the Akoun river across a well-cultivated plain; after having made about four farsangs, we found the small village of Djevé, and, one farsang later, Djarroun,] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 523

R55-017 Djarroun
R55-017 Djarroun : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Do , Jahrom , Jahrum , جهرم , دو ,
VARIANT names: Dgiaroun , Djahrom , Djahroum , Djarom , Djaroûn , Djarroun , Djarum (Djabrom) , Gaarrom , Gahram , Gahrum , Gearon , Gerom , Giron , Gowaym , Guwaim , Isharum , Jaharan , Jahrom , Jahrum , Jaram , Jaraon , Jaron , Jaroon , Jaroone , Jarron , Jehram , Jehrum , Jowaym , Scharim , Sharon , Stadt Sharon ,
SOURCE for Dgiaroun
« we arrived at a large Kervanʃeray, which is about an hundred paces from a little Town called Dgiaroun, and is hardly worth a good Village; however there is a fair Bazar in it. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 128
SOURCE for Djahrom
« Eine neuere Route führt heute von Benaru über Djuyom und Mansurabad nördlich des Kuh-e Alburs durch die Tang-e Kulin und Tang-e Khatiz nach Djahrom. [A newer route today leads from Benaru via Djuyom and Mansurabad north of the Kuh-e Albur through the Tang-e Kulin and Tang-e Khatiz to Djahrom.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 296
« Djahrom » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars}
« Djahrom, welches man über die nördliche der beiden möglichen Routen bei km 210 erreicht, ist heute noch wie in safavidischer Zeit für seine Dattelproduktion berühmt, vom alten Kern der Stadt und besonders von den Kara- vanserails hat sich allerdings bis heute nichts erhalten. Besonders bedauerlich ist das Ver- schwinden des alten Basars von Djahrom, der nach Orta Rebelo genauso schön und groß wie der Basar von Lar gewesen sein soll. Dabei muß noch 1850 eine ganze Anzahl von Kara- vanserails in Djahrom existiert haben, Abbott nennt nicht weniger als sechs Stück für dieses Jahr, Kaempfer nennt ein großes Karavan- serail Shah Hossein", ebenso erwähnen Taver- nier, Chardin und Dupré mehrere Kara- vanserails in Djahrom, wobei auffällt, daß fast alle Reisenden darauf hinweisen, daß sich diese Bauten ein wenig westlich und aufßerhalb der eigentlichen Siedlung befinden. [Djahrom, which can be reached via the northern of the two possible routes at km 210, is still famous for its date production today, as it was in Safavid times, but nothing of the old core of the city and especially of the caravanserails has survived to this day. The disappearance of the old bazaar of Djahrom, which according to Orta Rebelo was just as beautiful and large as the bazaar of Lar, is particularly regrettable. In 1850, a large number of caravanserails must have existed in Djahrom; Abbott mentions no fewer than six for that year, Kaempfer mentions a large caravanserail "Shah Hossein", and Tavernier, Chardin and Dupré also mention several caravanserails in Djahrom, and it is striking that almost all travelers point out that these buildings are located a little to the west and outside the actual settlement.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 297
SOURCE for Djahroum
« Je partis de Mouchek le vingt-et-unième de mars à deux heures du matin, et ayant marché jusqu'à huit par un pays plat et pierreux, j'arrivai à la petite ville de Djahroum, [I left Mouchek on the twenty-first of March at two o'clock in the morning, and having walked until eight through a flat and stony country, I arrived at the small town of Djahroum,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for Djarom
« Djarom » in {map#1132 Abb. 1 Karte von Iranmit Eintragung der Routen und Karawanenbauten, , , #1814 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 7:Teil 5: ~}
SOURCE for Djaroûn
« En tournant une montagne à droite, on découvre une forêt de palmiers, au milieu de laquelle est bâtie la ville de Djaroûn. Sur la pente de ce / mont est le tombeau d'un imam appelé Kha- demga. Plus loin nous laissons sur la gauche un grand caravansérail, à côté duquel est une vaste citerne, et le mausolée d'un autre saint / musulman nommé Cháh - Zadè - Hussein. Avant d'entrer dans la ville, on passe auprès de deux arches en briques, qui servent de digue contre le débordement des eaux. ... Elle avait éprouvé, dans la jour- née du 23 février, plusieurs secousses qui fi- nirent par l'écroulement de diverses maisons. La population peut être de quatre mille habi- tans, parmi lesquels on compte trente familles juives. Il y a quatre caravansérails et un petit bazard qui renferme une vingtaine de 'boutiques. [Turning a mountain to the right, we discover a forest of palm trees, in the middle of which is built the city of Djaroûn. On the slope of this / mountain is the tomb of an imam called Kha-demga. Further on we leave on the left a large caravanserai, next to which is a vast cistern, and the mausoleum of another / Muslim saint named Cháh - Zadè - Hussein. Before entering the city, we pass by two brick arches, which serve as a dike against the overflow of water. ... It had experienced, during the day of February 23, several tremors which ended with the collapse of various houses. The population may be four thousand inhabitants, among whom there are thirty Jewish families. There are four caravanserais and a small bazaar which contains about twenty shops.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 452
SOURCE for Djarroun
« et, un farsang après, Djarroun, petite ville avec un bazar et deux caravansérails, l'un en bon état, mais où il n'y avait pas de place, et l'autre en ruine, où il fallut cependant bien nous fourrer dans un coin, [and, a farsang later, Djarroun, a small town with a bazaar and two caravanserais, one in good condition, but where there was no room, and the other in ruins, where we nevertheless had to be stuffed into a corner,] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 523
SOURCE for Djarum (Djabrom)
« den 12. Dez. gereist zu dem berühmten Tamerfleck (Tamar oder Tamr ist die Dattelpalme) Djarum (Djabrom) 6 Farsach. [December 12th traveled to the famous Tamerfleck (Tamar or Tamr is the date palm) Djarum (Djabrom) 6 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 114
SOURCE for Gaarrom
« The first of September in the morning, wee came to a Citie, called Gaarrom: and the same day, to a Casal, called Demonder, where standeth an high Columne alone. About Gaarrom is great store of Rice and Cotton wooll growing. And here the Sheepe have Lambs twice every yeere. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Gahram
« Gahram VI C4 Gahrum Iran
CIte de la cIrconscnptIOn (kura) d' Ardasir Hurra 107, 134, 135, 139, 153, H 263,268,286,299 Hur 46, F 203 ' - Yaq II, 167, LS 254, Schw 103, DKI 173 »#2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 49
« Gahram (3) mit gleichnamiger Stadt (4), heute Jahrum. Von der Stadt selbst wird nichts berichtet, von den Einwohnern rühmt Ibn Haukal Wohlstand) und Istahri erzählt, daß sie vorwiegend der mutalizitischen Sekte angehörten). fn. 3) Hord. 46, 7; Fak. 203, 4 (at Idrisi, Janbert 391, Gühram!). fn. 4) Is 107, 5. 4 [Gahram (3) with the town of the same name (4), today Jahrum. Nothing is reported about the town itself, Ibn Haukal praises the inhabitants as being wealthy) and Istahri reports that they mainly belonged to the Mutalizite sect). fn. 3) Hord. 46, 7; Fak. 203, 4 (at Idrisi, Janbert 391, Gühram!). fn. 4) Is 107, 5. 4] » #1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 103
SOURCE for Gahrum
SOURCE for Gearon
« Il Sabato 25.partimmo a mezzodi per una comoda ſtrada; e dopo 10. ore fatte 30. miglia, per le quali paſſammo alcuni piccioli ruſcelli, giugnemmo nella Città di Gearon. Queſta Città ha più toſto ſembianza di foreſta, perche le fue cafe ſono ſparſe tra folti alberi di palme, che apportano non poca rendita coloro dat- tili, che ſono de' migliori della Perfia. [On Saturday the 25th we left at midday by a convenient route; and after 10 hours, having traveled 30 miles, over which we crossed some small streams, we reached the City of Gearon. This city has more of the appearance of a forest, because the trees are scattered among thick palm trees, which bring no small income from the palm trees, which are among the best in Persia.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.267
SOURCE for Gerom
« for which, when we had traveil’d One and twenty Miles, we found at Gerom (1) a ready Medicine of the Butter of the Seed of Gourds made into an Ointment, which appeased the Inflammation by its cooling Virtue, and immediately asswaged' the Pain by Basting our selves herewith, being half Roasted. We refreshed our selves one entire Day at Geroniy where a small White Grape, without any Stone, was an excellent Cordial; fn. 1 Jahrum : the larrown of Herbert (129). "The little city of Jarron, which is rather to be called a Forrest of Palm-trees" (Tavernier, 252). The road is dangerous : "the steep mountain of Jarra, which is very high and very long : but the descent is the most dangerous that ever I saw in all my Travels" {Ibid. 252). Hedges {Diary, i, 206) speaks of "divers steep scraged Hills." The other route is also difficult (Wilson, 162). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 202
SOURCE for Giron
« barely got out of the way of the horses. When the mountains ended, I rested a little by a cistern, and after another one and a half hours I arrived at the caravanserai where they were. This was not a nice one, and it was located a pistol shot away from the city of Jahrom. (23)On the morning of the 16th I entered the city. It is located in a rather beautiful plain. fn. 23. Jahrom (Bembo's "Giron") was a major center of textile production. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 296
SOURCE for Gowaym
« Gowaym - Attestations: The mint signature GW/GWDMY is thought to be representative of the town of Gowaym in Fars (40). Although the location of the mint with this signature in Fars has been confirmed through die linkages, the question of its identification with Gowaym has not yet been proven. On the other hand, two localities with this name are located in Fars, one in Ardashir Khurrah, northeast of Shiraz, which is called Guyom today, and the other one in Darabgerd, now referred to as Jowaym. However, based upon its importance in the early Islamic period, as well as its location along the major caravan routes, Mochiri has suggested that the Jowaym of Darabgerd was the mint town with the GW signature (41).- Identification: The modern town of Jowaym (Jowaym of Darabgerd Khurrah) is located 69 km southeast of Jahrom (42). Remains of a Sasanian fire temple, pointing to the existence of a Sasanian settlement in this area, are located about 40-50 km from Jowaymnear the village of Fishur (43).
#2877 Negin Miri, Historical Geography of Fars during the Sasanian Period, e-Sasanika, 2009, 10: ~ p. 13
SOURCE for Guwaim
« Die Straße von Däräbegird nach Siräf führte über Guwaim ²). fn. 2) Muk. 454, 6. [The road from Däräbegird to Siräf led via Guwaim²). fn. 2) Muk. 454, 6.] » #1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 103
SOURCE for Isharum
« Isharum ist eine feine Stadt und Nahrs haffter Orth: deren Innwohner Behau funge seynd fast alle viereckig erbauet von denen in der Sonnenhik gebackenen Steis nen/ haben durchaus ihre Altanen: Jes de zu vier Seiten aufgeführte Mauer hat ein einziges Dach Loch [Isharum is a fine city and a peaceful place: the dwellings of the inhabitants are almost all built square from stones baked in the sun, and have their own balconies: each wall built on four sides has a single roof hole.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ pp. 263-4
« SCHILLINGER (1700) | Isharum LEBRUN (1705) | Jaron WILSON (1908) | Jahrum » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ table p. 14
SOURCE for Jaharan
« Les mêmes renseignements avaient apparemment été donnés aussi à Colvill, cet auteur écrivant à ce sujet:De Taherie il y a une très bonne route par la plaine de Gillodar (Gallehdar) menant à Chiraz en passant par le village de Jaharan (Djahrom). Une caravane met 8 ou 9 jours. [The same information had apparently been given to Colvill as well, this author writing on this subject:From Taherie there is a very good road through the plain of Gillodar (Gallehdar) leading to Shiraz by way of the village of Jaharan (Djahrom). A caravan takes 8 or 9 days.] » #3059 K Lindberg, Voyage dans le Sud de l'Iran : carnet de route d'un me´dicin, a` la poursuite du ver de Me´dine., C.W.K. Gleerup, Lund, 1955 ~ p. 239
SOURCE for Jahrom
SOURCE for Jahrum
« Jahrum » in {map#1182 1000k Maps of South Asia, Survey of India in the India and Adjacent Countries series, Sheet No 010 Persia Arabia and Turkey (1915)}
SOURCE for Jaram
« Partis au lever du jour //, nous y parvinmes bientôt. II y fait très frais. Il a donné son nom de Jaram à la montagne voisine. [Leaving at daybreak //, we soon reached there. It's very cool there. He gave his name Jaram to the neighboring mountain.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 113
SOURCE for Jaraon
« Desen wegh met backsteenen en keyen als ge- vloert ten eynde, ende 't dorp Jaraon (2)fn. 2 Djahrüm. De reeds aangehaalde reizigers zijn eenstemmig in hun lof omtrent dit stadje, welks huizen (Chardin telde er 350, Dupré be- groot het getal inwoners op 4000) ... [This road with backstones and keys as if laid at the end, and the village of Jaraon (2) fn. 2 Jahrum. The travelers already mentioned are unanimous in their praise of this town, whose houses (Chardin counted 350, Dupré estimated the population at 4000) ...] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 65
SOURCE for Jaron
« Le dix-neuvième, nous en partimes far le foir, pour nous rendre à Jaron, qui n'en eſt qu'à une lieuë,nous y arrivámes à 9. heures,allâmes à un Caravanserai proche de la ville, où nous trouvames un bon puits, couvert d'une eſpece de dôme de pierre. [On the nineteenth, we left at night to go to Jaron, which is only a league away. We arrived there at 9 o'clock, went to a Caravanserai near the town, where we found a good well, covered with a kind of stone dome.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ pp. 313-4
« Den 23. dito na 5 mylen in de Karrawaanfera.Den 24.dito na 5 mylen ruym in Jarôn. Mogag-zoekte. [The 23rd said on the 5th of March in Karrawaanfera.The 24th said on the 5th of March in Jarôn. Mogag-zoekte.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Jaroon
« Drie broeders, van den Hertog van Lhaar, die te Jaroon woonden, quamien zyn Ed: wel een halve myl van die plaats inhaalen geleidden zyn Ed tot het Moors Tempeltje Sjaſada Hoſſein, en beſchonken hem net eenige, mondkoit. [Three brothers of the Duke of Lhaar, who lived at Jaroon, came to overtake his son: about half a mile from that place, they led his son to the Moorish temple of Shazada Hozain, and gave him some drink.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
SOURCE for Jaroone
« Att 4 In the Evening the 24th Sett out for Jaroone, 5 farsangs: the first two farsangs bad stoney way till you come to a small caravensaroy with a tanck of water before it; the other 3 farsangs good smooth way. Jaroone is a large pleasant town full of Date trees; good caravensaroy, may have all things needfull for travellers.
Diary of 24 February 1707/8.
Jaroone. Jahrûm. The Dgiarum of Thévenot (pp. 128-9), the Jarron of Tavernier (p. 252), the Gerom of Fryer (II, 202), the Scharim of Struys (p. 342) and the Jarroon of Hedges (p. 206). Thévenot remarks on the "large Karvanseray" and the town "on all hands encompassed with gardens full of palm-trees, which there are so numerous and grow so near one another, that they make a great forrest." Struys says of "Scharim" that it stood in the middle of a grove "altogether of date-trees," and was "a town of consider- able traffic in cotton goods, "there being very many weavers." Hedges also found that "Jarroon affords plenty of all things for the use of a traveller in these parts." Le Bruyn who stayed at Jahrûm two days in 1705 (II, 66), has an illustration of the city, "which is very mean and looks more like a village, the houses being all built of earth, and separate from one another. I saw two or three poor little mosques, in which they were performing service. As this city is full of palm-trees, it looks at a distance like a wood. This, of all the trees in that country, is what is esteemed most, both for its beauty and the goodness of the fruit, which is the best in all Persia." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Jarron
« Le 28, je fis cinq lieues, la route étant, partie par des sentiers fort rudes, partie par un pays plain et uni, le long duquel on trouve plusieurs canaux profonds, et des ponts de pierre, pour passer des ruisseaux qui, dans l'hiver et au printemps, se grossissent si fort qu'on les prendroit pour des rivières. Ma traite se termina à Jarron, petite ville de trois cent cinquante maisons, [On the 28th, I traveled five leagues, the route being, part by very rough paths, part by a plain and level country, along which we find several deep canals, and stone bridges, to cross streams which, in the In winter and spring, they swell so much that they were mistaken for rivers. My trade ended in Jarron, a small town of three hundred and fifty houses,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 464-5
SOURCE for Jehram
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 12. JEHRAM | 180 | 219Six hours. The road is stony with some passes over hill ridges. Water is obtained from a spring led by a kanát or underground tunnel. Camp in an open desert near the village. All ordinary supplies of life obtainable. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 389
SOURCE for Jehrum
« JEHRUM, vide JAHRUM. » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 460
SOURCE for Jowaym
« Identification: The modern town of Jowaym (Jowaym of Darabgerd Khurrah) is located69 km southeast of Jahrom (42). Remains of a Sasanian fire temple, pointing to theexistence of a Sasanian settlement in this area, are located about 40-50 km from Jowaymnear the village of Fishur (43).
SOURCE for Scharim
« Struys called Jahrom a small town, without walls, located in a date grove. The town’s trade consisted of cotton textiles and there were many weavers. The bazaar was quite pleasant, where all kinds of Indian and Persian goods were for sale, while twice a week there was a market when farmers from the neighboring villages came to town. (92) fn. 92. Winninx, 18 July (Sjaron); Thevenot 1971, vol. 2, pp. 128-29 (Dgiaroun); Kaempfer 1968, p. 115 (Djarum); Valentijn 1726, vol. 5, p. 263 (Sjaron); Herbert 1929, p. 65 (Goyoom); Strauszens 1678, p. 193 (Scharim); KA 1793, f. 994 (Jharoen); Tavernier 1930, p. 315 (Djahroum); Chardin 1811, vol. 8, pp. 465-66 (Harron) and plate LXXVII with a map of the caravanserai of Jahrum; » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 273
« On the 6th of December we arrived / and in the afternoon we met a fellow named Stedelten/or Olek/Scharim/laying without any Red Light Districts/in the middle of a date forest. The trade of this Stebeken/and the few inhabitants of Handteeringe/contains most of the fabrics/being a star of Weavers there. It has a beautiful Bafar, or Markt, where one finds statues of merchandise with Indian and Persian handicrafts/fabrics/and precious items, except that there is a large influx of the passing Borren twice here. I stayed here for three hectic days / for us / and ours » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p. 356
« The seventh I passed by one of these Caravanseras, and got that day ten Leagues, taking up my quarters in the little City of Scharim, in the middle of a Forrest of Date-trees. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Sharon
« Hier staan eenige huizen by, voorts is het al te maal klippig gebergte. Wy quamen in een plaats genaamd Sjaron, een vermakelyk geweit, vol dadelboomen, hebbende een zeer groote Karrawaniera; ook heb ik 'er op de geheele reize geen grooter gezien, als mede een groote Tank en water-put. Hier heeft men veel begraafplaatzen van groote Heeren. [There are a few houses here, furthermore it is a very rocky mountain range. We came to a place called Sjaron, a pleasant area full of date trees, having a very large Karrawaniera; nor have I seen a larger one during the entire journey, as well as a large tank and water well. There are many cemeteries of great lords here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 264
SOURCE for Stadt Sharon

R55-018 Tchatar
R55-018 Tchatar : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: RHSE UFI: 10399854 coordinate: lat 28.3548 long 53.6743
NIMA/GNS names: Karvansara-ye Shah `Abbasi , کاروانسرای شاه عباسی ,
VARIANT names: Cah-i Talkh , Caravanfera Schathalgh , Caravansera , Chah-i-Talkh , Chah-talk , Chah-Talkh karavansaray , Chakal , Chatalk , Chatalkee , Chawtalk , Chiatel , Chisalk , Ciartalk , K. Tsjai Talg , Karvansara-ye Shah Abbasi (Chah Talkh) , Saithal , Satalck , Satalk , Sjatallig , Sjattalgh , Tcha-Talk , Tchatar , Tʃchai-telhb , Ziatalle ,
SOURCE for Cah-i Talkh
« Cah-i Talkh » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Caravanfera Schathalgh
SOURCE for Caravansera
« The five dayes following were the most troublesome of all my life. For the eighth of February, we got but five Leagues, through the most horrid way in the world. I cannot imagine how people made a shift to travel that way, before Imanculi Chan (of whom somewhat hath been said elsewhere, who was so cruelly put to death with all his children, by Schach Sefi) caus'd it to be repaired, with incredible expence, when at this day a man cannot pass, but in great danger of his life, by reason of the uneven and narrow wayes, between steepy mountains on the one side, and dreadful precipices on the other; where I very narrowly avoided a mis-fortune, which happens there very often. For my Horse's hoof, which I was leading by the bridle, being fill'd with snow, he stumbled upon me, forc'd me out of the way, so as that had I not caught hold of a wild Almond tree, which happened to be there, as it were by miracle, I had there ended both my travel and life, in the precipices. I lodg'd at night in a Caravansera, where I had a house over my head; but that was all, for there was neither provender for my horses, nor any thing for my self and my servants to eat. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Chah-i-Talkh
« (23) Chah-i-Talkh 5 farsakhs. A caravansarai. Bad road. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
SOURCE for Chah-talk
« Das Karavanserail Chah-talk wird von allen Reisenden erwähnt, die nach 1674 die Route begingen, und wird daher erst in dieser Zeit entstanden sein, in der Zeit davor scheint sich hier nur ein Rahdar-Posten befunden zu haben (36). Zwischen Cah-Talk und Djahrom no- tiert Tavernier noch eine hohe Brücke mit einem Bogen, welche er als das Werk des Imam Kuli Khan bezeichnet (37).fn. 36 Fryer15 200. fn. 37 Tavernier24 323: „... on trouve un pont merveil- leux d'une seule arcade qui prend d'une montagne à l'autre c'est des plus memorables ouvrages d'Imam Kuli Khan...". [The Chah-talk caravanserail is mentioned by all travellers who travelled the route after 1674 and therefore only came into being at this time; before that there seems to have been only a Rahdar post here (36). Between Cah-Talk and Djahrom Tavernier notes a high bridge with an arch, which he describes as the work of Imam Kuli Khan (37). fn. 36 Fryer15 200. fn. 37 Tavernier24 323: "... we find a wonderful bridge with a single arch which stretches over a mountain, among the other most memorable works of Imam Kuli Khan...".] » #3240 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 295-6
SOURCE for Chah-Talkh karavansaray
« From Jahrum to the karavansaray of Chah-Talkh, which was the first stop, it was six farsakhs. Speelman considered Chah-Talkh had been correctly named, for it was a bad, dilapidated place that was indeed a "bitter well". Thevenot, however, averred that the ChahTalkh karavansaray was small and good, standing isolated in a valley, near to which were two cisterns, one covered with a dome and the other with a pitched roof. The well near the karavansaray was bitter, hence the locality's name. Tavernier confirms this and adds that the place abounded with bitter almond and turpentine trees. There were also rähdärs who offered deer for eating, since there were many of these. The area also abounded with partridges as big as chickens. Hedges recorded that it had a spacious karavansaray with plenty of good, fresh water and provisions, but Chardin considered it a miserable place with bad water. Rich people, he wrote, took sweet water with them in goatskins or large copper flasks, in which the water remained cool. Next to the karavansaray was another one, which was partly in ruins in 1685. According to Fryer, the karavansaray was a new and ample one, with a new cistern with only slightly bitter water. It had two new and two old cisterns in 1691. LeBrun wrote that the karavansaray was a comfortable one.(93)
fn. 93 Valentijn, vol. V, pp. 263-4 (Saithal; Satalk); Fryer, vol. II, p. 201 (Chawtalk); Winninx, 17 July (Schathalgh); Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, pp. 115-6 (Tsjai Talg); Thevenot, vol. II, p. 129 (Tschai-telkh); Speelman, p. 63, who also men- tions the road protection at Sjatallig, and p. 65; ?? 1793, fol. 991 (Sjattalgh); Tavernier, pp. 315-16 (Chakal); Hedges, p. 206 (Chatalkee); Chardin, vol. VIII, pp. 468-9 (Chatalk); LeBrun, vol. II, p. 315 (Ziatalk). Membré in 1540 wrote that from Lar people carried water in skins on donkeys. Membré, p. 47; Carmelites, loc. cit. »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, p. 77 Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~
SOURCE for Chakal
« A huit heures du matin j'arrivai à un carvansera appelé Chakal, ... Il ya à Chakal neuf ou dix radars pour la garde des chemins, et qui sont aussi maîtres du carvansera. Dès qu'on est arrivé ils vous demandent si vous voulez manger du chevreuil, étant sûrs de leur coup et n'ayant qu'à aller dans la montagne qui en est pleine. [At eight o'clock in the morning I arrived at a carvansera called Chakal, ... There are nine or ten radars in Chakal for guarding the paths, and which are also masters of the carvansera. As soon as you arrive they ask you if you want to eat venison, being sure of their choice and having only to go to the mountain which is full of it.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Chatalk(Arch. Site)
« Chatalk » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 14 Karawanenwege zwischen Djahrom und Lar und Khondj und Lar sowie südlich und östlich von Lar}
« On trouve au sommet de la montagne trois citernes, mais qui, la plupart du temps, sont desséchées et sans eau. La descente jusqu'à la traite est le plus rude chemin que j'aie jamais vu, étant comme semé de grosses pierres et de rochers, où les chevaux ne sauroient mettre un pied droit devant l'autre. Le gite est aussi fort mauvais entre des montagnes, dans des caravanserais, près desquels il n'y a ni habitation ni verdure. On les appelle Chatalk (*), c'est-à-dire, puits d'eau amère, de la qualité de l'eau de puits, dont l'on est contraint de se servir, lorsque celle des citernes est tarie.fn. (*) Lisez tchah-talkh. Il n'y avoit pas long-temps que ce kara- vånseray étoit achevé quand Fryer y passa, au mois de juillet 1676-7. Le pieux fondateur de cet établissement avoit dépensé des sonumes considérables pour le fournir d'eau douce qu'on y apportoit d'assez loin pour la consommation des voyageurs. Les animaux bu- voient de l'eau du puits saumâtre. A new account of East India and Persia., pag. 241. (L-s.) [There are three cisterns at the top of the mountain, but most of the time they are dry and without water. The descent to the milking point is the roughest path I have ever seen, being strewn with large stones and rocks, where the horses would not be able to put one foot straight in front of the other. The accommodation is also very poor between mountains, in caravanserais, near which there is neither habitation nor greenery. They are called Chatalk (*), that is to say, bitter water wells, of the quality of well water, which we are forced to use when that of the cisterns is dried up. fn. (*) Read chah-talkh. This karavånseray had not long been completed when Fryer passed through it, in July 1676-7. The pious founder of this establishment had spent considerable sums to provide it with fresh water which was brought from quite a distance for the consumption of travelers. The animals drink water from the brackish well. A new account of East India and Persia., pag. 241. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 467-8
SOURCE for Chatalkee
« August 18.-We rose from Mowueseer and lodged at Chatalkee, a spacious Caravan-Sarai, with plenty of good fresh water and provisions. »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 206
SOURCE for Chawtalk
« And as a Boundary thereto, is opposed the steepest Hill we have yet met with, insomuch that we found it a notable Task to gain the Top by the Morning of the following Day, contenting our selves to sit down at Chawtalk (2), but Nine Miles from Bonaru, being advised of a more troublesome Day's Journy the Munsel after this; not so difficult for Access as this, but a more continued Labour by the multitude of Mountains we were to Master ... Chawtalk, (by the most valuable Munificence of the Benefactor, yet living to Oversee this good Deed corn- pleated) is a noble new Caravan, an Ample and Princely Building: Near to it was, not long since, only a Well of Bitter Water, which gives Name to the Place; but by the Cost and Inquest of this Pious Benefactor, Sweeter Waters are at tfiis time produced, something more remote, for Men to Drink, though the Cattel refuse not generally the other. fn. 2 Pers. Chah-talkh, "bitter well," on the western of the two avail- able routes from Juwun to Jahrum, which is stony, hilly, and exposed to raids (Wilson, 162). Hedges (Diary, i, 206) calls it Chatalkee, "a spacious Caravan-Sarai, with plenty of good fresh water and pro- visions." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 pp. 200-1
SOURCE for Chiatel
« Having mounted at the 22nd hour of the 14th, we traveled through mountains where we began to find woods and thorn trees. At the 24th hour we ate on another mountain near a stream and continued until midnight, when we took shelter in a halfdestroyed caravanserai called Chiatal, inside which they sold food, as in the last one. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Chisalk
« 25th [February). Att 4 Evening sett out for Chisalk, 6 farsangs; very bad way, all hills, called the hills of Jaroone. In abundance of places was forced to gett of [f] our horses and walk on foot, and in some places the way not above a foot wide upon the eidge of a heigh mountain. About the middle of the way is [a] bridge joyneing one mountain to another Arrived at our stage about 10 at night. Chitalk a good Caravensaroy but near no village.
note: Diary of 25 February 1707/8.
Chisalk. Chah Talkh; Pers. chah-i-talkh, bitter well. See Fryer, II, 200, 1. 2 and 201. It is the Tchai-telkh of Thévenot (Pt. II, 129), "that is to say bitter well, because of a well not far from that Karvanseray where the water is bitter." Le Bruyn calk the place Ziatalle (II, 67) and says that the inn was a "Beautiful stone building and very commodious for travellers."
A bridge joyneing one mountain to another. Fryer (II, 202) remarks of these mountains that their "Clifts could never be gained, had they not been joined together by rast Arches from Rock to Rock, their dismal Pits otherwise being rendred impassable." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Ciartalk
« Di buon'ora il Lunedi 27. ripigliammo il cammino e paſſate appena 5. miglia di pianura, cominciammo a falire e fcendere per precipitevoli montagne, per lo ſpazio di 20, miglia, fino al Karvanferà di Ciartalk. [Early on Monday the 27th we resumed our journey and having passed just 5 miles across the plain, we began to tread and descend steep mountains, for the space of 20 miles, up to the Karvanferà of Ciartalk.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.268
SOURCE for K. Tsjai Talg
« den 14. Dez. Über das Djaromsche Gebirge bis zur Karawanserei Tsjai Talg 6 Farsach [December 14th. Over the Djarom Mountains to the caravanserai Tsjai Talg 6 Farsach, ] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 115
SOURCE for Karvansara-ye Shah Abbasi (Chah Talkh)
SOURCE for Saithal
« Op deze wildernis vind men nog eenige watertanken met goed water voorzien. Wy quamen dan eindelyk ontrent een uur na de middag (zoo wy giften) op den 14. Saithal, dito tot Saithal in een goede Karrawan- fera, leggende in een Valey, niet verre van 't voornoemd gebergte. Hier heeft men z nieuwe en verſcheide oude Tanken, ook cen vervallene Karrawanfera. [In this wilderness you will find some water tanks with good water supply. We finally arrived about an hour after noon (as we thought) on the 14th Saithal, ditto to Saithal in a good Karrawanfera, laying in a valley, not far from the aforementioned mountains. Here one has new and several old tanks, as well as a dilapidated Karrawanfera.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 264
« After the Jahrom Mountain, which had three cisterns on top, though these were most of the time empty according to Chardin, the traveler had to pass two others, one of which was equipped with a cistern. From Jahrum to caravanserai Chah-Talkh, which was the first stop, was 6 farsakh. Speelman considered Chah-Talkh had been correctly named, for it was a bad, dilapidated place that indeed had a bitter well. Thevenot, however, submits that the caravanserai Chah- Talkh was small and good, standing all alone in a valley, near to which were two cisterns, one covered with a dome, the other with a steep roof. The well near the caravanserai was bitter, hence the name. Tavernier confirms this and adds that the place abounded with bitter almond and turpentine trees (Pistacia terebinthus). There were rahdars who offered deer for a meal, of which there were many. The area also abounded with partridges as big as chickens. Hedges recorded that it had a spacious caravanserai with plenty of good fresh water and provisions, but Chardin called it a miserable place as was its water. Rich people, he wrote, took sweet water with them in goatskins or large copper flasks, in which the water remained cool. Next to the caravanserai was another one, which was partly in ruins in 1685. Fryer reported that the caravanserai was a new and an ample one, with a new cistern with not so bitter water. It had two new and two old cisterns in 1691. LeBrun wrote that the caravanserai was a comfortable one. (93) fn. Winninx, July 17 (Schathalgh); Kaempfer 1968, pp. 115-6 (Tsjai Talg); Thevenot 1971, vol. 2, p. 129 (Tschai-telkh); Speelman 1908, p. 63, who also mentions the road protection at Sjatallig. Ibid., p. 65; KA 1793, f. 991 (Sjattalgh); Tavernier 1930, pp. 315-6 (Chakal); Hedges 1967, p. 206 (Chatalkee); Chardin 1811, vol. 8, pp. 468-69 (Chatalk); LeBrun 1718, vol. 2, p. 315 (Ziatalk). Membré in 1540 wrote that as of Lar people carried water in skins on donkeys. Membré 1993, p. 47; Anonymous 1939, vol. 1, p. 219, note. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 273
SOURCE for Satalck
« Durch Satalck, Deku, Schirafir, und andere gemeine Flecken und Städtgen kamen wir gegen den 7. Octobris zu Lar an. [Through Satalck, Deku, Shirafir, and other small towns and villages, we arrived at Lar about the 7th of October.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 265
« SCHILLINGER (1700) | Satalck LEBRUN (1705) | Ziatalle WILSON (1908) | Chah-Talk » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ table p. 14
SOURCE for Satalk
« Den 25. dito 's morgens met zons opgang quam zyn Ed:, myl gereden hebbende, aan den berg Hoffenni, den welken zyn Ed: met zyn gevolg te voet opgaan moest, alzoo het te peerd niet, dan met het uiterſte gevaar, te doen was; en quam, na nog z mylen verder geraakt te zyn, in de Karrawaanſera Satalk. [On the 25th of this month, at sunrise, his son, having ridden with him, arrived at Mount Hoffenni, which his son, with his retinue, had to ascend on foot, as it was impossible to do so on horseback, except at the utmost risk; and, after having proceeded a good many miles further, he arrived in the Karrawaanſera Satalk.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 25. dito, na 6 mylen over den berg Jarôn gereden te hebben, in de Karrawaanſera Satalk. [On the 25th, after having ridden 6 miles over Mount Jarôn, in the Karrawaanſera Satalk.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Sjatallig
« Den 30sten dito naer gewoonte 's mergens heel vroegh pakten op ende reysden weder voort en dus vier mijlen sonder yets besonders in den wegh t'ontmoeten quamen ontrent 10 uuren voormiddagh in de sera of rustplaets Sjatallig (1), een slegt, out vervallen nest en dat om de woeste plaets daar 't legt nu met regt de naem van bittere putt, gelijk Sja-talligh verduytst in onse tael betekent, dragen magh.fn. 1 Tjah talg bittere (water)put. De Simla kaart heeft Chahtalk.... In plaats van deze kleinealleenstaande karavanserai vindt Fryer er een nieuwe gebouwd, anAmple and Princely Building", die ook door de Bruyn met lof vermeldwordt (Zja talle). Dupré vindt beide karav. nog tegenover elkanderstaande, maar de oudste was geheel vervallen.tioned the stream of living water at Tangedelon), and so [On the 30th ditto, as usual, we picked up very early and traveled on again and so four miles without anything special in the way, we met around 10 o'clock in the morning in the sera or resting place Shabby (1), a poor, out of ruins nest and that because of the desolate place where it lies, it can now rightly bear the name of bitter putt, as Sja-talligh means in our language. fn. 1 Well talg bitter (water) well. The Simla card has Chahtalk. ... Instead of this small, isolated caravanserai, Fryer finds a new one built, an Ample and Princely Building", which is also mentioned with praise by de Bruyn (Zja talle). Dupré finds both caravans still opposite each other, but the oldest was completely dilapidated] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 63
SOURCE for Sjattalgh
« ... ; ?? 1793, fol. 991 (Sjattalgh); ... » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 84 f.n.93
SOURCE for Tcha-Talk
« Après une heure de marche, encore dans une route unie, on trouve deux caravan- sérails, l'un vis-à-vis de l'autre, presque au fond de la vallée. Cet endroit a pris le nom de Tcha-Talk ou double pierre. Le premier caravansérail ne semble qu'un amas de dé- combres, et il n'y a plus qu'une aîle du se- cond, où nous passâmes la nuit. Auprès sont trois citernes de forme circulaire, dont deux seulement étaient pleines d'eau. La vallée a son débouché vers le nord-ouest. [After an hour's walk, still on a level road, we find two caravanserais, one opposite the other, almost at the bottom of the valley. This place has taken the name of Tcha-Talk or double stone. The first caravanserai seems only a pile of rubble, and there is only one wing of the second, where we spent the night. Nearby are three cisterns of circular shape, of which only two were full of water. The valley has its outlet towards the northwest.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 451
SOURCE for Tchatar
« 9 fevrier. Même direction. En sortant de la ville, je trouvai encore quelques ruines du caravansérail dont parle Chardin, et à côté un nouveau.Après avoir traversé le Kou-Albourt par une route fort difficile et fort escarpée, nous arrivons au caravansérail isolé de Tchatar, de l'autre côté. de la montagne. [February 9. Same direction. On leaving the town, I found some more ruins of the caravanserai of which Chardin speaks, and next to it a new one.After crossing the Kou-Albourt by a very difficult and steep road, we arrive at the isolated caravanserai of Tchatar, on the other side. of the mountain. ] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 524
SOURCE for Tʃchai-telhb
« we came to a little Kervanʃeray ſtanding all alone, near to which are two Ciſterns, the one covered with a Dome, three or four Fathom in Diametre, wherein there are three Doors, and as many Windows; the other has a fleep Roof: this place is called Tʃchai-telbb, (that is to lay) bitter Well, becauſe of a Well not far from that Kervanʃeray whole water is bitter. There is befides, another Well behind the Kervanʃeray, but it is dry, and this place is fix Agatfch from Dgiarenn.we came to a little Kervanʃeray ſtanding all alone, near to which are two Cifterns, the one covered with a Dome, three or four Fathom in Diametre, wherein there are three Doors, and as many Windows; the other has a fleep Roof: this place is called Tʃchai-telbb, (that is to lay) bitter Well, becauſe of a Well not far from that Kervanʃeray whole water is bitter. There is befides, another Well behind the Kervanʃeray, but it is dry, and this place is fix Agatſch from Dgiarenn. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 129
SOURCE for Ziatalle
« Il étoit 9 heures avant que nous eusfions traverſé la montagne,nous arrivåmes une heure après au Caravanserai de Ziatalle, beau bâtiment iment de pierre, trèscommode pour les voyageurs,fitué dans une plaine bordée de montagnes, à 5. lieuës de l'endroit où nous avions paflé la nuit. [It was 9 o'clock before we crossed the mountain, we arrived an hour later at the Caravanserai of Ziatalle, a beautiful stone building, very convenient for travelers, located in a plain bordered by mountains, 5 leagues from the place where we had wandered around all night.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 315

R55-019 Séfiz
R55-019 Séfiz : place IRN
Supplement: [location based on 8 farsangs from Tchatar to Bénárou, split 5 to Séfiz and 3 from Séfiz. PBR]
VARIANT names: Séfiz ,
SOURCE for Séfiz
« 10 fevrier. Nous continuons à descendre en tra- versant deux basses montagnes; au pied de la seconde est une source d'eau chaude, mais qui n'a aucun mauvais goût; puis une plaine toute blan- chie par le sel, circonstanced'où est dérivé sans doute le nom du village de Séfiz: nous y arri- våmes après avoir fait cinq farsangs. [February 10. We continue to descend, crossing two low mountains; at the foot of the second is a spring of hot water, but which has no bad taste; then a plain completely whitened by salt, a circumstance from which the name of the village of Séfiz is undoubtedly derived: we arrived there after having made five farsangs.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 525

R55-020 Bénârou
R55-020 Bénârou : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Banarooyeh , Banaru""iyeh , Banaru'iyeh , Banaruyeh , Bonaruyeh , Fathabad , بناروئیه , بنارویه ,
VARIANT names: Banaru , Bannarow , Benarce , Benaro , Benaroe , Benarou , Benarou , Benarroo , Benaru , Benerouw , Benirouio , Binado , Binaru , Bonaroo , Bonaru , Bonaruye , Bonaruyeh , Borun , Bunaru , Bunaruya , Carerow , village river two mills, fort (Rebelo) ,
SOURCE for Banaru
« Banaru » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« , the karavansaray at the large village of Banaru, where many ruins were situated at the foot of the mountain, came into view. The karavansaray here also had many large cisterns. (102) Banaru, was a pleasant, not very large village, with many palm groves, and there was an old karavansaray called that of Khayrat Khan (Cheirat Chan) after a Persian, who had been an envoy from Golconda.
fn. 102 Thevenot, vol. II, p. 129; Stodart, pp. 81-2 (Carerow), which had a därigha. Winninx, 16 July (Bererovio). »#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 77
SOURCE for Bannarow
« Next night wee got to Bannarow. The laft Towne feafted us with Traditions, this with good cheare, muſick, three kettle drummes, and fix dumb Muſquets. The ruines of an ancient Caftle (demoliſht lately by the Perfian) ſhewes its ribs, through which the coole ayre blowes, ſeldome failing from the top of that ſtupendious Mountaine: one ſide of the Caſtle wall is anatomized to the Town, the other to the ſtony Deſart. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 131
SOURCE for Benarce
« sijn ontrent den avont ses mijlen van 't dorp Bery in 't dorp Benarce (2) gecomen. Hier heeft men mede in 't hangen ende selff op de toppen van 't ge- bergte 't overgeblevene metselwerk van een casteel en verscheide daerin gebouwde woonhuyskensfn. 2 De Simla kaart spelt Bararu. De hier vermelde overblijfselen wor den ook door andera reizigers beschreven als omvangrijk. [We arrived six miles from the village of Bery to the village of Benarce (2) around the evening. Here, hanging on the tops of the mountains, one also finds the remaining masonry of a castle and several residential houses built in it. fn. 2 The Simla card spells Bararu. The remains mentioned here are also described by other travelers as extensive.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 60
SOURCE for Benaro
« Persian text omitted. From Sharfu, the journey to Joym is five farsakhs. When they passed two farsakhs, they reached Benaro. It is from the side of the bean fields, so it is authentic from Qara. It has many caravanserais and many houses. There is a strong castle there, the descendants of Fath Ali Khan Gerashi rule there. » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Benaroe
« en floegen ons neder in cen vermakelyk groot dorp, Benaroe genaamd, [and drove us down to a wonderfully large village called Benaroe,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 264
« Den 22. dito vertrok zyn Ed: op het gewoon uur te peerd, en quam ontrent 7 uuren in 't dorp Benaroe, alwaar zyn Ed: weder door den Calenter verwellc- komt wierd. [On the 22nd of the same day his Ed left at the usual hour on horseback, and arrived at the village of Benaroe about 7 o'clock, where his Ed was again welcomed by the Calenter.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 28. dito na 4 uuren langs een elendigen modderigen weg (door den regen veroorzaakt) gereden te hebben, in't dorp Benaroe. [On the 28th, after driving for 4 hours along a miserable muddy road (caused by the rain), we arrived in the village of Benaroe.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Benarou
« 'achevai ina journée à Benarou, ou Benarhou (2), comine on l'écrit, grand village situé sur le pencliant d'une montagne abondante en dattiers, le principal arbre fruitier de ce pays et des autres contrées chaudes et arides, qui sont au-deli. On y trouve un grand nombre de puits, et grand nombre de citernes, toutes grandes: j'en comptai plus de cinquante. fn. 2 Benaroù est situé au pied d'une montagne, sur laquelle se trouvent de nombreuses et vastes ruines d'anciens édifices assez semblables à des forteresses; les habitans passent pour les meilleurs artilleurs de la Perse. Fryer's Account of East India and Persia, pag. 240. Le royaume de Lår commence à la sortie de Benároù, qui est la dernière ville de la province de Färs, suivant Tavernier, tom. 1er, pag. 745, edit in-12 (L.) [I ended my day in Benarou, or Benarhou (2), as it is written, a large village located on the slope of a mountain abundant in date palms, the main fruit tree of this country and other hot and arid regions, which are beyond. There are a large number of wells, and a large number of cisterns, all large: I counted more than fifty. fn. 2 Benarù is located at the foot of a mountain, on which are numerous and vast ruins of ancient buildings quite similar to fortresses; the inhabitants are considered to be the best artillerymen in Persia. Fryer's Account of East India and Persia, p. 240. The kingdom of Lår begins at the exit of Benárù, which is the last town in the province of Färs, according to Tavernier, tom. 1st, p. 745, edit in-12 (L.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol.8 pp. 470-1
« Nous passons au- près de deux caravansérails peu éloignés Pun de l'autre, à côté desquels sont des citernes pleines d'eau. A quelque pas du dernier, le village de Benarou semble s'élever au milieu de beaucoup de décombres. La maison du ke- lonter est environnée de murs flanqués de tours carrées d'une grande hauteur. Ce village, com- posé d'un millier d'habitans, est bâti dans le sud de la vallée, au pied d'une montagne, et dominé par un fort à demi ruiné. On m'a as- suré qu'on avait creusé dans ce fort des puits d'une profondeur extraordinaire. [We pass by two caravanserais not far from each other, beside which are cisterns full of water. A few steps from the last, the village of Benarou seems to rise in the middle of much rubble. The house of the kelonter is surrounded by walls flanked by square towers of great height. This village, composed of a thousand inhabitants, is built in the south of the valley, at the foot of a mountain, and dominated by a half-ruined fort. I was assured that wells of extraordinary depth had been dug in this fort.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 pp. 447-8
« Le vingt-cinquième, je continuai de marcher dans la plaine durant trois heures, et je m'arrêtai à Benarou, petite ville assez bien bâtie au pied d'une haute montagne, sur laquelle on voit encore des restes d'un grand château. Cette ville est frontière de la province de Fars et du royaume de Lar, qui commence à la sortie de Benarou. [On the twenty-fifth, I continued walking in the plain for three hours, and I stopped at Benarou, a small town fairly well built at the foot of a high mountain, on which we can still see the remains of a large castle. This city is on the border of the province of Fars and the kingdom of Lar, which begins at the exit of Benarou. ] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 316
« Ce lieu n'é- tait point le menzil ordinaire des caravanes. Comme il avait beaucoup plu, la terre était humide, le vent très-froid et le temps encore fort incertain: j'insistai pour que nous allassions à Bénârou, gros village avec un caravansérail, à trois farsangs plus loin. Je n'y réussis point sans me facher beaucoup, et j'arrivai le soir à Bénárou, où j'eus beaucoup de peine à trouver une petite place dans le caravansérail. Ce village a de grandes cultures et diverses plantations de palmiers. [This place was not the ordinary menzil of caravans. As it had rained a lot, the ground was damp, the wind very cold and the weather still very uncertain: I insisted that we go to Bénârou, a large village with a caravanserai, three farsangs further on. I did not succeed without getting very upset, and I arrived in the evening at Bénárou, where I had great difficulty finding a small place in the caravanserai. This village has large crops and various palm plantations.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 525
SOURCE for Benarroo
« August 15. We rose from Beeres, and passing through Benarroo, lay at Bocktearee »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol.1 p. 206
SOURCE for Benaru
Hill, that is to the right of it, upon which, on the other ſide of the Kervanʃeray, are the ruins of many ſolid Buildings, that reach from the top to the bottom of the Hill, and ſeem to have been ſome confiderable place: » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 pp. 129-30
« Benaru » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars}
« Bei Regen reist man besser, wenn auch weiter um, nach Bachtiaru (Bachtiyari) 2 Farsach, von dort nach Benaru 1 Farsach. So machte ich ¼ Stunde SSW den Umweg nach Bachtiaru. [If it rains, it is better to travel, although further, to Bakhtiaru (Bachtiyari) 2 Farsach, from there to Benaru 1 Farsach. So I took a detour to Bakhtiaru ¼ hour SSW.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 117
« Fatte 25. miglia in 9.ore per terreno piano, giugnemmo il Mercordi 29. nel Caſale di Benarù. Eravamo pafſſati cinque miglia prima per lo Karvanſerà di Dedomba, vicino un picciolo Caſale; però non vi reſtammo, per non eſſere Manzil, [Having traveled 25 miles in 9 hours over flat terrain, we arrived on Mercordi 29 in the Caſale di Benarù. We were fed up five miles earlier for the Karvanſerà of Dedomba, near a small Caſale; but we did not stay there, so as not to be Manzil,] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 270
« Eine große rechteckige Wallanlage ähnlich der Qal'a-ye Gelli bei Kariyan liegt bei dem Orte Benaru am Fuße eines Berges. Die Umwallung ist langrechteckig, mit einer Seitenlänge von etwa 1 km. Am Berghang liegt ein Tiefbrunnen mit einem Förderturm, von dem eine gemauerte Wasserleitung von beachtlicher Größe in die Wallanlage herab- führt. [A large rectangular rampart similar to the Qal'a-ye Gelli near Kariyan is located near the town of Benaru at the foot of a mountain. The rampart is long and rectangular, with sides measuring about 1 km. On the mountainside there is a deep well with a winding tower, from which a brick water pipe of considerable size leads down into the rampart.] » #3367 Gropp, G., Nadjmabadi, S.,, Bericht ¸ber eine Reise in West- und Südiran, Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1970 vol. 3:pp. 173-230. ~ p. 194
SOURCE for Benerouw
SOURCE for Benirouio
SOURCE for Binado
« BINADO, lugar · do ~ Binaru, supomos, em z8° 01' lat. N. e 53° 57' longo R, na . Pérsia. [Afonso de Albuquerque - Cartas de]. . .. . [BINADO, place of ~ Binaru, we suppose, in z8° 01' lat. N. and 53° 57' long. R, in . Persia. [Afonso de Albuquerque - Letters from]. . . . .] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. A-C p. 113
SOURCE for Binaru
« BINARU-LAT. 28° 1'; LONG. 53° 56'.A prosperous village on the north slopes of Küh-i-Bināru, on the south edge of an extensive irrigated plain. Population about 1,200; a few palm- trees. Water plentiful from cisterns and irrigation cuts. Supplies plentiful; fuel scarce. It is celebrated for its tobacco. It lies 45 miles north- west of Lär, 135 from Shiraz and 165 from Mughū Bay.Roads diverge in every direction across the open plain, the chief roads being to Bid-Shahr Biriz, Firūzābād and Jüium. On the top of the Küh-i- Binārū is an ancient ruin, named Shah Nishin, connected with a ruined mud fort, at the foot of the hill, by a ruined covered way. The hillside to the north is covered with ruins of houses, all formerly enclosed by a strong, double wall, of which the foundations alone are now visible. In the centre of the ruins are an old cistern and two dry wells, 200 feet deep.- (Ross-Jones-Wilson and Cruikshank, 1907.) » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 171
SOURCE for Bonaroo
« Att 4 sett out the 26th for Bonaroo, 10 farsangs; the first 2 farsangs bad war. Went over a small mountain; at the bottom a fine small spring of good water where supped and went 2 farsangs more to Murall, pretty good way. Arrived 8 at night; lay there in small but good caravensaroy till about 1 in the morning, then sett out for Bonaroo, and farsangs more; good way. Bonaroo, indeferent caravensaroy, but large village, lyes at the foot of severall mountains meeting togather.
note:
Diary of 26 February 1707/8.
Bonaroo. Binarû. See Fryer II, 198 and n. 3. Both Herbert and Thevenot stopped at "Bannarow," "Banarou," but Le Bruyn has no mention of the place. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Bonaru
« The next Munsel we hardly Went, but Crept onward to, through almost impassable and dangerous Precipices, with all the heed imaginable, for a Trip here could not have been retrieved without the loss of our Lives; but by the Divine Providence we came to Bonaru (3), an Eight Cornered Caravan Ser Raw, Eighteen Miles from Bury; there on an Hill are the remains of a regular Fortification, with a suppliment of Outworks on every side fn. 3 Banaru, the Bannarow of Herbert (131): Benarroo of Hedges (Diary, i, 206). It lies on 28 parallel N. Lat. "But this Province [Farsistan] formerly extended no further than Banaroa, two days journey from Lar, before Sha-Abas conquered the Kingdom of Lar, and then the Kingdom of Ormus" Ormus" (Tavernier, 142). Elsewhere (252) he speaks of "Banarou, a little City well built at the foot of a high mountain, upon which appears the remains of a large Castle." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 198
SOURCE for Bonaruye
« where he forced them to found the new town of Bonāruye after first completely demolishing the fortress, though the wall was so strong that it took several days to accomplish this. Great pieces of the foundation were left intact so that the memory of what had been there before would not be lost. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Bonaruyeh
« Today we reached Bonāruye, a town somewhat larger than the two we had passed. It lies at the foot of a towering mountain, at the top of which [text blacked out] there stood not long ago a very strong and impregnable fortress that was surrounded by a thick wall made of stone and lime. Its ruins and its impregnable location can now be seen to cover the entire summit. It had a very large square and was spacious enough to defend a large number of people. In the center of the square was an extremely deep cistern. Encircling the wall of this fortress at the highest point of the mountain was the ancient city of Bonāruye, whose population was much larger than the town that is currently located below. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 317
SOURCE for Borun
« and at the fourth hour of the night we arrived at a caravanserai named Borun, on a mountain. (21) fn. 21. Borun (Bembo's "Benaru") is 6 km from Beriz. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ pp. 294-5
SOURCE for Bunaru
« (25) Bunaru-3 farsakhs. The first place in Lar province: good road. There is a fort in ruins on the summit of amountain pass. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
SOURCE for Bunaruya
« Bunārūya » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Carerow
« I further traveled 4 lges. and came over a playne to a towne called Carerow. (1) Being veri late in the night we were forst for to pich in a poore caravansero, and slept in a roome weh was full of assinegoss. (1) fn. 1 This word is crossed out in the MS. The town is obviously Binaru. fn. 1 obs. Asinego (Sp. asnico, dim. of asno) , an ass. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ pp. 81-2
SOURCE for village river two mills, fort (Rebelo)
[no place name given - description used for Route 78 stage 009. PBR]
« Ayant repris la route de bon matin, nous alla- mes jusqu'à un grand village très plaisant, près d'une autre rivière qui fait tourner deux moulins. L'agglomération est située au bout d'une vaste plaine, au pied d'une montagne escarpée. On y trouve beaucoup de dattes. Elle a un fort // en torchis mais très bien fait, avec deux bastions, et entouré de barbacanes. Dans les terrains avoisinants, nous vimes beaucoup de gazelles, gibier recherché dans la région. [] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 111

R55-021 Biris or Bizri
R55-021 Biris or Bizri : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Beriz , Bizeh , Tireh , بریز ,
VARIANT names: Beeres , Behry , Beli , Berez , Beri , Beries , Beris , Beriz , Berre , Berrie , Berry , Bery , Bexim, Bechim , Bieries , Bihri , Biri , Biries , Biriis (Beriẞ) , Biris , Biris or Bizri , Biriz , Briz , Bury ,
SOURCE for Beeres
« and travelled to Beeres, a pretty large Towne, and a spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have yet seen on yo Road, except that at Larr. Very bad Water, but plenty of Provisions.August 15.-We rose from Beeres, »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 206
SOURCE for Behry
« Le caravanserai de Behry a été bâti, il y a cin- quante ans, par la mère d'un gouverneur de Laar, nominé Ahvez bec ou Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), et consacré à son nom. [The Behry caravanserai was built fifty years ago by the mother of a governor of Laar, named Ahvez bec or Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), and dedicated in her name] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 477
SOURCE for Beli
« Partimmo tardi da Benarù il Giovedì ultimo, e per malagevole ſtrada, così di piani, come di peſſime falite ce ſceſe di pietre, arriyammo dopo aver fatte 30. miglia in 11. ore, nel Cafale, e famoſo Karvanſerà di Beli. [We left Benarù late on the last Thursday, and along a difficult road, both flat and rocky, we arrived after having covered 30 miles in 11 hours, in the Cafale, and famous Karvanſerà di Beli.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 271
SOURCE for Berez
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 8. BEREZ | 21 | 147 Seven hours. The road is over the open country generally, but a few passes over low ridges are met with. Water is procurable from wells and springs. Camp in an open desert. No supplies. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 388
SOURCE for Beri
« 15 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ 385
SOURCE for Beries
« Den 21. dito op 't vorige uur verreisde hy weder, en quam met den dag in Beries; [On the 21st of the same day, at the previous hour, he set out again, and arrived in Beries that same day;] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 29. dito na 6 mylen rydens, in 't dorp Beries. [The 29th ditto after 6 miles drive, in the village of Beries.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Beris
« [27th February]. About 5 sett out for Diacoo, 9 farsangs; the 1[st] farsang bad way, the other 2 good till you come to a Radeler house 3 farsangs more very bad way. Went over a great many mountains, goeing up hill and down till come to Beris about 1 in the morning. Beris is a very good caravensaroy and a good village; lay there till morning and went to Discoo, 3 farsangs more; good way, very good caravensaroy and good village.
note: Diary of 27 February 1707/8.
Beris, Biriz. The Bury of Fryer (II, 198 and n. 1), and the Bibri of Thévenot (Pt. II, 130), who had a similar experience of "very stormy way . up hill and down hill," but found the inn "a fair new built" structure, "one of the loveliest Karavanserays in all Persia." Le Bruyn also (II, 68) praises the inn at "Bieries," and the one in the "large handsome village" of "De-hakoe." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 48
SOURCE for Beriz
[not to be confused with another Beriz NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3056064 coordinate: lat 27.8928 long 54.083 NIMA/GNS names: Bavaz , Beriz , Biriz 25.5kms bearing 254°. PBR]
« [margin: 11 of November] On the 11th of November, we left this spot and reached Beriz early in the morning. This was another small town like the one we had left behind, and we spent just one night ther »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 317
SOURCE for Berre
« (26) Berre [? sic) -6 farsakhs. A place with a fort in ruins. Two ab-anbars on the road. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
« And this five and twentieth day at night lodged at a Casal, called Berre. And to the South of the Towne is an old Castle upon an high Mountaine. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Berrie
« Here we picht in a prophets lodge lying by the waye side, whose name is Shohzoda [Shahzada], the townes nam is Berrie [Biriz], haueing traveled 5 or 6 lges. Here the water is good. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 82
SOURCE for Berry
« we mounted our melancholly Mules, and made our next Manzeel at Berry. Nothing was obfervable in the way, fave a huge thick wall, of great length and height, cut by infinite toyle out of the follid rock, to fafeguard the Larians from the Skyrazians, Larr in that place terminating. Berry is a ſmall Village; it promiſes much at diſtance, but when there,deludes the expectation: yet is it famous through the Perfian Territories » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 130
SOURCE for Bery
« Bij goeden tret quamen al voormiddagh naer niet min als drie mijlen rijdens in Bery (2), een slegt dorp, maer vrij aansienelijk om de carewansera, weynigh jaren verlede daar door den Lhaersen gouverneur 72 pas- sen in de lengte, 79 dito in de breete, weersijts met een stallingh 10 treden wijt, van binnen een ruym viercant pleyn, rontsom met 24 moeye camerkens en aan de ingangh off in de poorte mede twee affgeslote camerkens, in welker eene den Edele Heer Cunaeus logys nam, [If the weather was good, I arrived early this afternoon, not less than three miles away, in Bery (2), a poor village, but quite significant for the carewansera, some years ago the governor of Lhaersen built it there 72 paces in length, 79 ditto in the width, again with a shed 10 steps away, inside a spacious square square, round with 24 large cafeterias and at the entrance to the gate also two closed cafeterias, in which the Noble Lord Cunaeus took refuge,] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 56
SOURCE for Bexim, Bechim
« au quart de l'aube, pour aller nous restaurer dans un autre appelé Bexim.Il est grand, avec de belles maisons, quoiqu'elles soient en torchis. [at quarter to dawn, to go and eat in another called Bexim. It is large, with beautiful houses, although they are made of cob.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Bieries
« nous pourfuivimes notre chemin le vingt-fixieme, une heure avant le coucher du foleil, par des montagnes pierreulesde méchans chemins,arrivåmes à une heure du matin au Caravanseras de Bieries dans la plaine, après une traite de 5. licues. C'est un grandbel édifice de pierre, [We continued our journey on the twenty-fifth, an hour before sunset, through stony mountains of steep paths, arriving at one o'clock in the morning at the Caravanseras of Bieries in the plain, after a journey of 5 licues. It is a large beautiful stone building,] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Bihri
« we arrived at a great Village called Bihri, where many Palms and Tamarisk-Trees grow: there are ſeveral Ciſerns there, but the water of them is full of Worms, and therefore one must be careful to ſtrain it through a Cloath, We Lodged in a fair new built Kervanʃeray in that Village, this is one of the lovlieſt Kervanʃerays in all Perfia, not only for the ſolidity of the Fabrick, being built of rough Stone and hard Flint, but alſo for its neat Portal, large ſquare Court, many fpacious Rooms, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
« Le vingt-sixième, je partis à une heure après minuit, et marchai jusques à neuf heures du matin, en partie dans la plaine et en partie entre les montagnes, dans lesquelles je vis une vieille tour qui était pour garder le passage. Je demeurai à Bihri, petite ville bâtie au coin d'une plaine qui aboutit à une haute montagne. Le carvansera est neuf et bâti assez magnifiquement par la mère d'Aimas, kan de Lar, le grand Cha-Abas ayant pris ce pays-là sur les Guèbres qu'il contraignit de se faire maho- métans. Ce fut dans ce même carvansera que Monsieur Thévenot, l'un des plus illustres voyageurs de notre siècle', se blessa fort dangereu- sement, un de ses pistolets qu'il avait demandés à son valet pour les mettre auprès de lui sur le matelas où il était couché, s'étant malheu- reusement lâché et lui ayant percé la cuisse, de quoi il fut presque en termes de mourir. [On the twenty-sixth, I set out at one o'clock after midnight, and walked until nine o'clock in the morning, partly in the plain and partly between the mountains, in which I saw an old tower which was to guard the passage. I stayed in Bihri, a small town built on the corner of a plain which leads to a high mountain. The carvansera is new and built quite magnificently by the mother of Aimas, kan of Lar, the great Cha-Abas having taken that country from the Guèbres whom he forced to become Mohammedans. It was in this same carvansera that Monsieur Thévenot, one of the most illustrious travelers of our century, seriously injured himself, one of his pistols which he had asked his valet to place near him on the mattress. where he was lying, having unfortunately let go and pierced his thigh, from which he almost died.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 316-7
SOURCE for Biri
« Il venerdi, forse due ore innanzi giorno, avendo camminato sola- mente da due leghe, scaricammo a prender riposo vicino ad un caravanserai che chiamano della campagna di Biri, perchè poco lontano di là sta la villa Biri, abitata [On Friday, perhaps two hours before the day, having walked only two leagues, we unloaded to take a rest near a caravanserai which they call Biri countryside] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 384
« On the 11th we traveled from the 22nd hour until the 2nd hour of the night and lodged in the caravanserai Beriz, bigger than the others, with several little towers around it. The arches inside were open from top to bot tom, and each arch corresponded to a room. There were staircases in the four corners to go up to the terrace.(20) fn. 20. Bembo calls it "Biri." Beriz is 19 km northwest of Lar. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Biries
« Den 17. dito reden wy over veel gebergte van kley en key-fteenen, quamen in een ſchoone Valey, en trokken door een groot dorp, Biries genaamd. In 't inkomen zag men een vierkante gemetzelde pilaar laan, zynde ontrent voeten hoog, alwaar voor eenigen tyd een per- zoon levendig is ingemetzeld. Hier ftaat ook een cierlyke Piramide, zynde eeu grafitede, daar onder een ſchoone kapel, met Tapyten belegd, is, in welke ook eenige lampen brandden, en werd daar dagelyks voor de verltorvenen gebeden. Hier is een koftelyke nieuwe Karrawan- fera met veel overdekte water-tankken en putten. Regt voor de Karrawanfera ftaat een uitstekende fchoone verwelfde watertank, zynde wel 100 voeten over 't Kruis, en 300 voeten in 't rond. Dit is een van de opmerkens weerdigite metzelwerken, die ik in Meden Perien heb gezien, hebbende 4 bebe en Konink- lyke ruime poorten of ingangen om water te ſcheppen. Men heeft hier veel begraaf-fteden en eenig geboomte. [On the 17th we rode over many mountains of Kley and Keyfteene, came to a beautiful Valley, and passed through a large village called Biries. In the entrance one saw a square brick pillar avenue, about feet high, where a person was lively bricked in for some time. Here is also a beautiful Pyramid, made of graphite, under which there is a beautiful chapel, covered with Tapytes, in which some lamps were also burning, where prayers were said daily for the deceased. Here is a cool new Karrawanfera with many covered water tanks and wells. In front of the Karrawanfera there is an excellent beautiful arched water tank, about 100 feet above the Cross, and 300 feet around. This is one of the most remarkable stoneworks I have seen in Meden Perien, having 4 bebe and royal spacious gates or entrances for creating water. There are many burial places and some trees here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 pp. 264-5
SOURCE for Biriis (Beriẞ)
« den 18. Dez. 1685 vor Sonnenaufgang bis zu dem großen Dorfe Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach. [December 18, 1685 before sunrise to the large village of Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Biris
« The fine serai and little hamlet of Biris, with blue domed mosque close by, stands at the edge of a narrow flat; plain, some 10 miles long east and west, and 2 miles broad. »#1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 160
« On découvre le village de Biris, quelque temps avant d'y arriver (1). Un fort situé sur une éminence, regarde l'entrée de la vallée qui se dirige de l'O. à l'E., et qu'ildomine. Les murailles, et quelques tours quiles flanquaient, existent encore. Une ving-taine de familles seulement habitent ce lieu,et donnent au gouverneur de Lår les deuxtiers de leurs récoltes.Biris renferme beaucoup de citernes, un immense caravansérail, et deux mausolées nouvellement construits. fn. 1 Il m'a semble que de Deh-ak-kou à Biris, nous n'avions pas marché autant à l'E., que le marque la carte de d'Anville. [We discover the village of Biris, some time before arriving there (1). A fort located on an eminence, looks at the entrance to the valley which runs from the W. to the E., and which it dominates. The walls, and some towers which flanked them, still exist. Only about twenty families live there, and give the governor of Lår two-thirds of their harvests. Biris contains many cisterns, an immense caravanserai, and two newly built mausoleums. fn. 1 It seemed to me that from Deh-ak-kou to Biris, we had not walked as far to the E., as d'Anville's map shows.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 446-7
SOURCE for Biris or Bizri
« Nous traversâmes ensuite une autre montagne et une autre plaine où est situé Biris ou Bizri, petit village ruiné, avec un vaste caravansérail, bâti par Chah-Abbas [We then crossed another mountain and another plain where Biris or Bizri is located, a small ruined village, with a vast caravanserai, built by Shah-Abbas] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 528
SOURCE for Biriz
« Biriz has a sarai, shrine, and three cisterns, one of which had an abundance of good water at this time. Firewood and grazing practically nil. Supplies nil. Large open plain for camping ground. Locusts have eaten up all crops in this district. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 192
SOURCE for Briz
« Persian text omitted. [When they leave from Dehko, they go to Sharfu, it is six miles away. When they went three farsakhs, they reached the village of Briz. There are several valleys without water on the road. In the village of Briz, there are eight ponds and a fort, and there are not many houses, houses, and wells.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Bury
« Hence to Bury (1) metes out Twelve Miles more, where the best Caravan Ser Raw is on all the Road, it being not only well Adorned with White facing Stone, but is both a Large and Convenient, as well as Stately Fabrick.
Hard by this is a Peor, or Burying-place of one of their Prophets, being a goodly Monument, with an Arabick School Founded in his Honour, and Endowed with a good Pension for to maintain the Devotion of their Priests. fn. 1 Biris, about 15 miles as the crow flies N.W. of Lar, the Berry of Herbert (130). "I stand at Bihry, a little City seated upon a plain, that borders upon a high mountain. The Inn is new and very mag- nificently built by the mother of Aimas, Kan of Lar, when the great Sha-Abbas took the country from the Gaures, whom he constrain'd to turn Mahumetans" (Tavernier, 252 f.). Hedges (Diary, i, 206) calls it Beeres, and praises the "spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have seen on y Road, except that at Larr." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 198

R55-027 caravansérail
R55-027 caravansérail : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: RHSE UFI: 11338013 coordinate: lat 27.276881 long 55.208767
NIMA/GNS names: Karvansara-ye Jeyhun , کاروانسرای جيحون ,
VARIANT names: Dgei Hhon , Djehoûn , Djehun , Gehoen , Gioen , Githoin , Jehoen , Jehun , Jeyhun caravanserai , Jihun , Karavanserail Djeyhun , Karvansara-ye Jeyhun , S. Dgei Hhou , S. Gehun , Sera Sehoen ,
SOURCE for Dgei Hhon
« , and about four a Clock by another, called Dgei Hhonat break of day we entered into bad way again, where we clambered up and down for above an hour among ftones; » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 133
[3.5 hrs at 4 km/hr ≃ 14 kms. PBR]
SOURCE for Djehoûn
« Nous arrivâmes à midi et demi au petit ca- ravansérail de Djéhoûn. Auprès est une ci- terne découverte. Sur la gauche du chemin, on en voit une autre, dont le dessus est en forme de coupole. [We arrived at half past twelve at the small caravanserai of Djéhoûn. Nearby is an open cistern. On the left of the path, we see another, the top of which is in the form of a dome.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 426
SOURCE for Djehun
« Dec. 26 to the Guri Bessergun caravanserai (Gur-e Båsårgån) 6 Farsach.The last miles were really funny because of the amount of trees and herbs, 1½ farsach to a caravanserai on the left, again 1½ farsach to an old summer caravanserai. Poor and old as it was, it still had a respectable name: Djehun » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 123
SOURCE for Gehoen
SOURCE for Gioen
« Den 11. dito. Ten 2 uuren 's nachts weder vertrokken zynde, quam zyn Ed. een uur na zonsopgang aan de ruft-plaats Bonko Bonpaan, zynde 1 myl verder, dan Gioen. [On the 11th ditto. Having left again at 2 o'clock in the morning, his Ed. arrived an hour after sunrise at the resting place Bonko Bonpaan, which is 1 mile further than Gioen.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 pp. 272-3
SOURCE for Githoin
SOURCE for Jehoen
« Den 25. dito hadden wy een ſteenagtigen weg, over veel gebergte, en onder weeg veel doorn-boomen, en plantagien van dadel-boomen. Wy trokken voorby een kleine Karrawanfera, Jehoen genaamd. [On the 25th we had a one-eighth road, over many mountains, and under the road many thorn trees and plantations of date trees. We passed by a little Karrawanfera named Jehoen.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 266
SOURCE for Jehun
« in our Way from Goor Bazergum to Jehun (1) which is but Twelve Miles, where we were forced to stay to get more Camels, for Three had failed us in this Conflict; fn. 1 In the Jihun plain “a splendid supply of water from a Kanat and several palm trees combine to delight the traveller, who will have had to content himself for the past week with the treeless camping-grounds and water of a most indifferent quality” {Ibid. 156 f.). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 189
« 3 [March]. Sett out for Jehun, 7 farsangs, very bad stoney way. About 8 at night arrived at Tankadalone, 5 farsangs, a good caravensaroy with a Tank in the middle built in form of a cross, within side. Here lay till 4 in the morning; then sett out for Jehun, the other 2 farsangs. Arrived about 6 in the morning the 4th March. This is a good caraven. saroy tho small; a great distance from any village.
note: Diary of 3 March 1707/8.
Jehun Jaihûn See Fryer, II, 189 and n. 1. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Jeyhun caravanserai
« Well before noon we reached the caravanserai of Jeyḥūn,(24) which was somewhat larger and of the same style as the rest; it was very hot there. Refreshment for that day was brought in from the closest villages and dawārs.
fn. 24 See Speelman, Journaal der Reis, n.p. »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 298
SOURCE for Jihun
« KM 049 S. Gehun (De Silva Figueroa), S. Dgei Hhou (Thévenot), Jihun (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« Jihun » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Fin G-40B 1941}
« The valley here presents a greener aspect, owing to the frequency of kanar trees, and thickets of prickly bush and furze. At 8 miles 7 furlongs, after crossing the dry sandy bed of a water-course, we pass the caravanserai and two cisterns of Jihun. The former contains four lower rooms. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 30
« Persian text omitted. [Jihun. They move from Barke Nu to Jihun, the distance is three farsakhs and the road is smooth. They will reach some unreadable words that are formed by floodwaters and are coded by rainwater in winter. In Jihun there is a caravanserai, two ponds and a well.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 580
SOURCE for Karavanserail Djeyhun
« Karavanserail Djeyhun (Abb. 7; 227) (113)Lage: 11 km nordwestlich von Berkeh Sefid, 16 kmsüdöstlich Tang-e Dalan, in + 190 m ü. N. N., an der Straße von Bandar-e Abbas nach Lar. Am Ort befinden sich außer dem Karavanserail eine gemauerte Bet-Plattform mit Mihrab und zwei runde Zisternen.Typ: Pavillon-Karavanserail, innen kreuzförmig mit betonter Vierungskuppel, mit iwanartig angelegten Vorräu- men in der Nord-Süd-Achse und in den Gebäudeecken vier Zweiergruppen von Räumen. Abmessungen: Außenmaße 16,50 x 16,50 m, Gebäu- dehöhe 5,30 m.Baumaterial: Bruchstein, verputzt.Bauliche Besonderheiten und Zustand: Gut erhalten.Inschriften: Keine bekannt.Datierung: Safavidisch, 17. Jahrhundert.Südöstlich von Djeyhun sind die stark zerstörten Reste nes dem Karavanserail Djeyhun sehr ähnlichen - wei- en Karavanserails sichtbar, aber nicht vermessen wor- n.Beim Karavanserail Djeyhun sind zwei runde Kuppelternen erhalten, die eine mit äußerem Durchmesser von om 9,80 m und 5,90 m Höhe (Tiefe etwa 5 m), die andere mit Berem Durchmesser von 8,50 m und 4 m Höhe (Tiefe et- 5 m). Beide werden durch Oberflächenwasser gespeist d sind teilweise verlandet (Abb. 228). fn. 113 Die Bauten in Djeyhun wurden am 2. 3. und 4. 12. 1984 vermessen. [Djeyhun Caravanserail (Fig. 7; 227) (113) Location: 11 km northwest of Berkeh Sefid, 16 km southeast of Tang-e Dalan, at + 190 m above sea level, on the road from Bandar-e Abbas to Lar. In addition to the caravanserail, there is a brick prayer platform with a mihrab and two round cisterns. Type: Pavilion caravanserail, cruciform inside with a prominent crossing dome, with iwan-like anterooms on the north-south axis and four groups of rooms in the corners of the building. Dimensions: External dimensions 16.50 x 16.50 m, building height 5.30 m. Building material: Quarry stone, plastered.Structural features and condition: Well preserved.Inscriptions: None known.Dating: Safavid, 17th century.Southeast of Djeyhun, the heavily damaged remains of a white caravanserai, very similar to the Djeyhun caravanserai, are visible but have not been surveyed.At the Djeyhun caravanserai two round domed towers have been preserved, one with an external diameter of 9.80 m and a height of 5.90 m (depth about 5 m), the other with a smaller diameter of 8.50 m and a height of 4 m (depth about 5 m). Both are fed by surface water and are partly silted up (Fig. 228). fn. 113 The buildings in Djeyhun were surveyed on 2, 3 and 4 December 1984. ] » #1814 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 7:Teil 5: ~ p. 126
SOURCE for Karvansara-ye Jeyhun
SOURCE for S. Dgei Hhou
SOURCE for S. Gehun
SOURCE for Sera Sehoen
« Van hier geraekten naarmiddagh ten vier uuren weder voorts ende naar drie mijlen rijdens lieten 't cleene dorpje ende de daaraan gelegen Sera Sehoen (2) aan de regterzijde leggen [From here we drove to four o'clock in the afternoon and again to three miles' drive, leaving the small village and the adjacent Sera Sehoen (2) on the right side] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 41

R55-027a Gour-Bazerguian caravansérail
R55-027a Gour-Bazerguian caravansérail : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: 10950633 coordinate: lat 27.292863 long 55.350589
NIMA/GNS names: Takeh Khani , تکه خانی ,
VARIANT names: Chour basere Chan (Gür-bazargan) , Courbassergan , Courbazargan , Goer-baʃer-goen , Goerbaſeregoen , Goerebaſirgan , Goorbazergum , Goorebazargoone , Goos Basargoon , Gourbasarghant , Gour-Bazerguian , Gur-e Båsårgån , Guri bizirgon , Kor Bazirghion , Taghi Khani , Takeh Khani , Takht-i-Khän , Taki Khani , Taki-Khan ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Takeh Khani FOR Kinbazirkan [Floor],
SOURCE for Chour basere Chan (Gür-bazargan)
« weder voortsgereden en 'savonts ten 10 uuren door seer moeyelijke steenachtige wegen 4 mijlen verder in de carewansera Chour basere Chan (4) quamen. 4) Gür-bazargan, het graf van den koopman. Tavernier (I, 751) legt nit dat de karavanserai gebouwd werd volgens den laatsten wil van een koopman, die, van Bender-Abbas gekomen, aldaar, ten gevolge van de doorgestane warmte en gebrek aan schuilplaats, overleed. De Brayn (345) heeft Goer basergoen, Fryer (235) Goor-Bazergum. In het zuiden van Perzië wordt de uitgang an zeer algemeen uitge sproken oen. [We drove on again and arrived at 10 o'clock in the evening through very difficult stony roads 4 miles further into the carewansera Chour basere Chan (4). fn. 4 Gür-bazargan, the merchant's grave. Tavernier (1, 751) explains that the caravanserai was built according to the last will of a merchant who, having come from Bender-Abbas, died there as a result of the heat he had endured and lack of shelter. De Brayn (345) has Goer basergoen, Fryer (235) Goor-Bazergum. In southern Persia the ending an is very commonly pronounced o.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 40
SOURCE for Courbassergan
SOURCE for Courbazargan
« Celui où je finis majournée, s'appelle Courbazargan, situé entre deuxmontagnes, fort proche l'une de l'autre, dans unendroit sec et stérile, sans habitation, et sansautres édifices que deux citernes. Le nom de cegite signifie cimetière des marchands (1), fn. (1) Gour bázárgaun, le tombeau des marchands: ces mots sont persans. Ce karavansérây est à quatre milles ou cinq aghatch du précédent, environné de montagnes fertiles en melons d'eau, ali- ment que ses qualités rafraichissantes rendent bien précieux dans cette contrée où l'on est dévoré par la chaleur, et que l'on recommande dans les maladies contractées à Hormouz, comme on ne tardera pas à le voir dans la suite de cette relation. Goûr Bazårgåun est à quinze milles anglais ou quatre åghatch de Khårehstaun. Voyez Fryer's new account of East India and Persia, p. 233; Voyages de Thévenot, tom. IV, pag. 420, 471, et ma note suivante. (L-s.) [The one where I end my day is called Courbazargan, located between two mountains, very close to each other, in a dry and sterile place, with no habitation, and no buildings other than two cisterns. The name of this cottage means merchants' cemetery (1), fn. (1) Gour bázárgaun, the tomb of the merchants: these words are Persian. This karavanséray is four miles or five aghatch from the previous one, surrounded by mountains fertile in watermelons, a food which its refreshing qualities make very precious in this country where we are devoured by the heat, and which we recommended in diseases contracted in Hormouz, as we will soon see in the rest of this relationship. Goûr Bazårgåun is fifteen English miles or four åghatch from Khårehstaun. See Fryer's new account of East India and Persia, p. 233; Travels of Thévenot, tom. IV, p. 420, 471, and my following note. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 494
SOURCE for Goer-baʃer-goen
« Le lendemain nous avançâmes à l'eft, et arrivámes à minuit au Caravanserai de Goer-bafer-goen, après une traite de 4. lieuës [The next day we advanced to the eft, and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Goer-bafer-goen, after a journey of 4 leagues] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Goerbaſeregoen
« Den 10. dito. Namiddernacht vertrok 6 zyn Ed. weder, en quam na zons opgang aan de rutt plaats Goerbaſeregoen. [On the 10th of the same night, His Honour left again at midnight, and arrived at the quiet place Goerbaſeregoen after sunrise.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 272
« Den 8. dito na 4½ myl, quam zyn Ed: in 't dorp Karrawaanſera Goerbaſeregoen. [The 8th ditto after 4½ miles, near his Ed: in the village of Karrawaanſera Goerbaſeregoen.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Goerebaſirgan
« en quamen tot Goerebaſirgan, zynde de naam van een groot Armenifch Heer, die hier begraven legt by een groote vervallene tank; ook ſtond 'er nog eenig metzelwerk op zyn graf.Hier is een tamelyke Karrawanfera dog zyn Ed: nam zyn verblyf in zyn tent. Hier flaan wel eenige hutten; maar geen huizen. [and came to Gurubaſirgan, being the name of a great Armenian lord, who is buried here by a large dilapidated tank; There was also some masonry on his grave.Here is a rather nice Karrawanfera dog his Ed: took up residence in his tent. There are some huts here; but no houses.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 266
SOURCE for Goorbazergum
then gently descending we were led down to Goorbazergum (1), Fifteen miles from Caurestan.
In this Bottom is a solitary Inn, very commodiously seated; it is surrounded with Mountains, at whose Bottoms are store of Water-Melons, a grateful Cooler in this Extremity of Heat: Goor-Bazergum is as it were to say, The Merchants Grave, in the Persian Tongue.
SOURCE for Goorebazargoone
Route Notes: testzzzz
SOURCE for Goos Basargoon
« 4th March. About 3 afternoon sett out for Coverstone, 7 farsangs, stoney way; about 3 farsangs came to a Caravensaroy called Goos Basargoon. Coverstone is a small good Cara vensaroy, a very good village just by it, where may have all things eatable.
note:Diary of 4 March 1707/8.
Goos Basargoon: ? Gor-i-Bazargân ('tomb of the merchant'). See Fryer, II, 188 and n. 1. It is the Goer-Baser-goen of Le Bruyn (II, 71, 134) where, in 1706, he found "no company. The name is not found on modern maps. It is the Kurybazirgon of Rennell, » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Gourbasarghant
« Le quatrième, je montai à cheval à une heure après minuit, et passai par un pays inhabité et entrecoupé de gros torrents quand il tombe de la pluie. On n'y trouve que deux petits carvanseras, et sur les huit heures du matin, j'arrivai à celui que l'on appelle Gourbasarghant. Il a été bâti des deniers qu'un marchand qui venait d'Ormus laissa en mourant pour ce sujet, ses forces lui ayant manqué au même lieu par la chaleur excessive, [On the fourth, I mounted my horse at one o'clock after midnight, and passed through an uninhabited country interspersed with great torrents when it rained. There are only two small carvanseras, and around eight in the morning I arrived at the one called Gourbasarghant. It was built from the money that a merchant who came from Ormus left when he died for this subject, his strength having failed him in the same place by the excessive heat,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 323
[Tavernier arrived here from Tenquidalen by horse in 7 hrs. about 30kms then proceeds to Cauvrestan on foot in just under 7 hrs. about 27kms. PBR]
SOURCE for Gour-Bazerguian
« 19 février. Même direction: nous suivons une plaine déserte couverte de beaux Mimosa; à trois heures, caravansérail de Gour-Bazerguian, [February 19. Same direction: we follow a deserted plain covered with beautiful Mimosas; at three o'clock, caravanserai of Gour-Bazerguian,] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 533
SOURCE for Gur-e Båsårgån
« Dec. 26 to the Guri Bessergun caravanserai (Gur-e Båsårgån) 6 Farsach. ... Continue 1 hour through stony hills and dry rivers 4 Farsach SO 2 hours further to Gur-e Båsårgån caravanserai, a summer caravanserai built of stones. It rested on 4 pillars on the inside and had 2 round, arched rain poles, one of which had collapsed. All around were rough hills. » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 123
SOURCE for Guri bizirgon
« L'ottavo posammo nel caravanserai che sta fabbricato solo, senza altra abitazione, in campagna, detto Guri bizirgon, o Sepoltura del mercante, vicino al quale anche al venire in giù avevamo già alloggiato. [The eighth we placed in the caravanserai which stands alone, without any other dwelling, in the countryside, called Guri bizirgon, or Merchant's Tomb, near which we had already stayed when we came down.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 317
SOURCE for Kor Bazirghion
« where we clambered up and down for above an hour among ftones; and then we found the way better, till we: came to a covered Kervanseray, called Kor Bazirghion, that is to fay the Merchants Ditch, where we arrived about eight a Clock. This Kervanſeray is on of the fame bigneſ s as the other where we Lodged the day before; it is built much after the fame manner, having in each Corner three Chambers, of which the one (which is on the inſide,) is open by Arches on two fides, and the other two have their Door without the Kervanseray: this place is five Agatsch from Tenghidalan. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 133
SOURCE for Taghi Khani
« Persian text omitted. [Across the road, they reached a pond and a caravanserai, which is known as Taghi Khani Caravanserai.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 580
SOURCE for Takeh Khani
SOURCE for Takht-i-Khän
« To the N. the Kūh-i-Kishi slopes steeply down to the road, but gradually diminishes in size, until at Takht-i-Khan it is not visi-ble amongst the maze of sand hills. To the S. the Küh-i-Rasül slopes more gently down to the road, but likewise diminishes in size as Takht-i-Khan is approached. At 4 miles the road crosses and recrosses a dry watercourse of considerable size. At 4¼ miles the caravansarai and two cisterns of Takht-i-Khän (one holding water in March 1907). The track follows the bed of the river for some way, emerging at 5 miles, and erossing numerous small watercourses. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 165
SOURCE for Taki Khani
« A glacis-like slope from the level of the valley now touches the road on the north side. At 3 miles 2 furlongs we twice cross the stony bed, containing water in pools. of the stream Shivirawun, that had been running down the ravine, immediately to south of the track. Within another 200 yards the road passes the caravanserai and cistern of Taki Khani, both of which are in good repair, and the latter full of sweet water. On the south bank of the streart Shivirawun is a second cistern containing, by native report, good water. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 32
SOURCE for Taki-Khan
« Nous arrivâmes à huit heures et demie à un caravansérail nouvellement bâti, appelé Taki-Khán, auprès duquel est une citerne couverte. Sur la droite, à cent pas, il y en a une autre hors du chemin; on aperçoit cette dernière avant de découvrir le caravansérail. [We arrived at half-past eight at a newly built caravanserai, called Taki-Khán, near which is a covered cistern. On the right, a hundred paces away, there is another one out of the way; this last one is seen before discovering the caravanserai.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 425

R55-028a Rarestoun
R55-028a Rarestoun : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Gurestan , Hajji Barkat , Kahoorestan , Kahurestan , Khuristan , Kohurestan , Kuristan , حاجی برکت , خوريستان , كهرستان , كهورستان , كهورستان , گورستان ,
VARIANT names: Cabrestam , Cabrestan , Cabrestao , Caurestan , Caurestão , Cauriston , Cauvrestan , Cavestoon , Cawrestan , Corestan , Correstan (Kūristan) , Coureʃton , Courestoon (Kharéhstaun) , Couristan , Coverstone , Cowreʃtan , Cowrstan , dorp Couristan , Kahurestan , Karistan , Kawristan , Koferstan , Koreʃton , Kovestron , Kovristoún , Kuristan , Rarestoun , Village 12 Leagues to Gamron ,
SOURCE for Cabrestam
« Taking leave of this place, and proceeding upon their way for another three day's journey, the Portuguese of Balthasar Pessoa arrived at a place called Cabrestam (Kahuristan), enfeoffed of the Kingdom of Ormuz, and possessing wells of good water, some palm groves, and nearby, a great caravansary described as a large and vaulted one-story house of four gates, with a cistern in the vicinity. Cabrestam is a place heated by the fierce rays of the summer sun, so much so that Antonio Tenreiro, an ocular witness, declares he has seen men suffocate in the terrible heat of this land of Persia. » #3255 Ronald Bishop Smith., The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970 ~ p. 64
SOURCE for Cabrestan
« A 12 de outubro de 1617 metteu-se n'uma galé para a costa do relio de Lara, e desembarcou no porto de Bandel. Foi recebido multo honrosamenté por aquelle que ali era governador em nome do rei da Persia, e fornecen-Ihe conselhos para transportar sua equipagem. Saiu de Bandel a 20 de abril, é caminhando ao longo da costa do mar, em dois dias chegou a pequena povoa ção de Cabrestan, em seis á de Lara, capital da Caramania deserta, em tres a Guin, primeira cidade da Persia propriamente dita, e em seis a Schira antigamente Cyropolis. [On October 12, 1617, he boarded a galley for the coast of Lara, and disembarked at the port of Bandel. He was received most honorably by him who was governor there in the name of the king of Persia, and gave him advice for transporting his equipment. He left Bandel on the 20th of April, walking along the sea coast, in two days he reached the small town of Cabrestan, in six days he reached Lara, the capital of deserted Caramania, in three he reached Guin, the first city in Persia proper. , and in six to Schira formerly Cyropolis.] » #2280 Manoel Bernardes Branco, Portugal e os estrangeiros, Livraria De A. M. Pereira, Lisboa, 1879, ~ p. 316
« Cabrestan (De Silva Figueroa » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Cabrestao
« . the place names 'Cabrestáo' (f. ir), corresponding to the Persian locality Kahurestan, in which the Persian sequence /an/ is rendered with the digramma 'áo' and 'Bisnao' (f. 3r); » #3224 Margherita Farina, Giovanni Battista Raimondi's Travel in the Middle East: A Case of Sixteenth-Century Portuguese-Italian Interference, Oriente Moderno, NUOVA SERIE, ~ pp. 55-6
SOURCE for Caurestan
« The rest of this day’s Journy was between the Mountains, where we were encounter’d by strange Flashes of Lightning, the Foretellers of this Night’s Rain, which we hardly escaped before we came to Caurestan (1) in all Twenty Miles: This Caravan Ser Raw is named from a Tree growing here, and a Village properly so called (of which it is a Composition in Persian), it being the first we met with whose Houses were fixed. fn. 1 Kuristan, about 12 miles E, of the bridge. 'I'he place has been described by Wilson {op. at. 154 ff.)- Herbert (125) calls it Cowrestan, "Caavrestan ...famous for water-melons,as bigas our pumkins, and are the best in all Persia. The Meat is very red and as sweet as Sugar, which is a great refreshment to travellers” (Tavernier, 254). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 187
SOURCE for Caurestão
« Ce village de Caurestão n'a guère que dix à vingt maisons, avec quel- ques jardins et un fort de torchis ne disposant d'aucune pièce d'artillerie. [This village of Caurestão has barely ten to twenty houses, with a few gardens and a cob fort with no artillery pieces.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 103
« Partimos daqui, e caminhámos tres jornadas polo meſmo modo, e chegámos a hum logar, que fe chama Cabreſtað, em o qual ha alguns palmares, e póços de agoa doce, e junto delle está húa cafa grande térrea de abóbeda com quatro portaes, e junto della húa cifterna grande. A eftas caſas chamaõ em a lingua Perfiana Carvançaras, que quer dizer, pouzada de cafilas, e estrangeiros. [We set out from here and walked three days in the same way, and arrived at a place called Cabreſtað, where there are some palm groves and wells of fresh water, and next to it is a large, vaulted ground floor with four gates, and next to it a large cifterna. In the Persian language these houses are called Carvançaras, which means, a place of inns and foreigners.] » #3280 Antonio Baiao, Itinerarios Da India A Portugal Por Terra, Imprensa Da Universidade Coimbra, 1923 ~ p. 8
SOURCE for Cauriston
« 17 The 17th daye we came to Cauriston [Kuristan],a litle towne lying vpon a playne. Here is good refreshing both for man and horse. Here we picht in a caravan: haueing traveled 4 lges.of a resonable waye. Here is likewise tanck water. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 84
SOURCE for Cauvrestan
« Le cinquième, étant parti un peu après minuit, je marchai jusques à sept heures du matin par un pays sec et tout désert où il y a beaucoup d'arbres de lentisques, et fus au gite à un assez bon village nommé Cauvrestan, où je vis de grands champs d'orge que l'on moissonnait. [On the fifth, having left a little after midnight, I walked until seven o'clock in the morning through a dry and deserted country where there are many mastic trees, and was at the lodge in a fairly good village called Cauvrestan, where I saw large fields of barley that were being harvested.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 323
SOURCE for Cavestoon
« Cavestoon (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Cawrestan
« Cawrestan (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Corestan
« ten negen uuren in 't dorp Corestan (2) in de carewansera, een weynigh buyten 't selve gelegen, quamen. 't Is een rust- plaetsken van weynigh accomodatie ende 't dorp bestaat in ontrent 100 van slijk en leem opgetrocke huyskens, meest van boeren die hun oogst van zaeyvelden trekken, bewoont. Hier bleven tot vierfn. 2 De Simla kaart heeft Karistan (de Bruyn: Koreston; Tavernier: Cauvrestan). Chardin vertaalt het metamas d'arbres épineux" en treft er dan ook een soort wilde pruimenboomen aan, die men ter plaatse noemde kauré. Het schijnt oorspronkelijk de naam te zijn geweest van het omliggende district, zooals trouwens de uitgang aanwijst. Dupré vindt het dorp verlaten en noemt de geheele vallei Kovristoun. [at nine o'clock in the village of Corestan (2) in the carewansera, a short distance away, quamen. It is a rest area with little accommodation and the village consists of about 100 houses made of mud and loam, mostly occupied by farmers who pull their harvest from the fields. Stayed here until four fn. 2 The Simla map has Karistan (de Bruyn: Koreston; Tavernier: Cauvrestan). Chardin translates "metamas d'arbres épineux" and finds a type of wild plum tree there, which was locally called kauré. It seems to have originally been the name of the surrounding district, as the exit indicates. Dupré finds the village deserted and calls the whole valley Kovristoun.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 40
SOURCE for Correstan (Kūristan)
« Correstan (Kūristān) for each carga 0,5 mahmūdi for rāhdāri; for silk one mahmūdi had to be paid. If paid here no toll was levied at Lär » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Coureʃton
« about three quarters of an hour after leven we came to fuch another, near to a great Village called Coureʃton, four Agatsch from Kor Bazirghion » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 134
SOURCE for Courestoon (Kharéhstaun)
« Je fus pourtant huit heures à arriver au gite, qui étoit à un village nommé Courestoon (Kháréhstaun), où il y a beaucoup de dattiers, et une sorte de pruniers sauvages, que les gens du pays nomment kauré, mot qui se prend aussi pour toute sorte d'arbre épineux ; et c'est d'où est venu le nom de Courestoon (1), que porte ce village, qui veut dire amas d'arbres épineux. fn. 1 Lisez Kharéhstaun er Khâurchstaun. Ce mot appartient à la langue persane. Fryer attribue la dénomination du karavanseray et du village à un arbre (épineux) qui croît dans cet endroit. Ce sont les dernières maisons stables et fixes de la route de Gambroàn. A new account, etc. pag. 235. (L-s.) [However, it took me eight hours to arrive at the cottage, which was in a village called Courestoon (Kháréhstaun), where there are many date palms, and a sort of wild plum tree, which the locals call kauré, a word which is also taken for every kind of thorny tree; and this is where the name Courestoon (1) came from, which this village bears, which means cluster of thorny trees. fn. 1 Read Kharéhstaun er Khâurchstaun. This word belongs to the Persian language. Fryer attributes the name of karavanseray and the village to a (thorny) tree which grows in this place. These are the last stable and fixed houses on the Gambroàn road. A new account, etc. p. 235. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 495
« Le 22, étant à Coureston (Khdrehstdun), je reçus un exprès avec des nouvelles que le vaisseau que j'attendois de Surat, avoit mouillé l'ancre la nuit même que j'en étois parti. [On the 22nd, being at Coureston (Khdrehstdun), I received an express with news that the vessel which I expected from Surat, had anchored the very night that I left it.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 79
SOURCE for Couristan
SOURCE for Coverstone
« 4th March. About 3 afternoon sett out for Coverstone, 7 farsangs, stoney way; about 3 farsangs came to a Caravensaroy called Goos Basargoon. Coverstone is a small good Cara vensaroy, a very good village just by it, where may have all things eatable.
note:Diary of 4 March 1707/8.
Coverstone. Kuristân. Le Bruyn (II, 71) describes it as "the great town of Koreston seated in a plain." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Cowreʃtan
« the third night to Cowreʃtan, ſeven; » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Cowrstan
« The fift day at night we departed from Bender gomrow and the eighth day we lodged at a Casal, called Cowrstan. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for dorp Couristan
SOURCE for Kahurestan
« den 26. Dez. zum Dorf und der Karawanserei Kahuiristan (Kahurtscherân) 4 Farsach. [Dec. 26 to the village and caravanserai of Kahuiristan (Kahurcherân) 4 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 124
« This small town of Kahūrestān is situated on a great plain formed by mountains that are separated by more than a league at this location. Because of the particular lay of the land there are several wells here, though their water is partially saline, but it is drawn with a waterwheel and is adequate for irrigating and fertilizing a large portion of the plain where the local inhabitants possess fields of barley, legumes, and a few herbs from which they derive profit. The water also enables many of the spiny trees that were found along the roadside to grow, though these were leafier and provided more shade; the Ambassador’s servants and everyone else in the caravan sought refuge from the sun under them. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Karistan
« At 4 miles 3 furlongs we pass the caravanserai and three cisterns of Karistan, all in good repair, and the latter full of water. ...
NOTE. From a mound immediately to north-east of the cisterns of Karistan a pass named "Tang Abad". leading through the range Gishu, bears E. by N. ¼ N. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 33
SOURCE for Kawristan
« In these parts there is a desert extending over four nights' journey, which is the haunt of Arab brigands and in which | the samum wind blows up in the two months of June and July. ... We travelled through this desert until we came to Kawristân, a small town with running streams and gardens, and extremely hot.(132) fn. 132 This is apparently Küristān, a village on the Rûd-i Küristān, a western affluent of the Rûd-i Shûr, and on the direct westward route from the vicinity of the later town of Bandar 'Abbās. The spelling Kawrästän in the text is an error; cf. vol. IV, p. 311 (Arabic). » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 pp. 404-405
« Kawristān » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Koferstan
« Durch Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran und andere Orth über mannigfaltigeGe bürg und sehr gesalkene Wasserlein fas men wir vor ungeheuer hohe Berge die kein Thal durchschnitte/soweit unsere Aus gen seben kunten. [Through Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran and other places over various mountains and very salty little streams we came across immensely high mountains which, as far as our eyes could see, were not crossed by any valley.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 269
SOURCE for Koreʃton
« et nous pourſuivimes notre chemin, et arrivâmes à 11. heures du foir au grand bourg de Koreʃton, dans la plaine. Nous y logeames chez le Baillif, fans nous arrêter au Caravanserai. [and we continued our journey, and arrived at 11 o'clock in the evening at the large town of Koreʃton, in the plain. We stayed there with the Baillif, but we stopped at the Caravanserai.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Kovestron
« Kovestron (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Kovristoún
« Lorsqu'on est plus avancé, on voit, sur la gauche du chemin, trois citernes rondes et deux autres en berceau, voûtées et construites en briques, et à quelques pas une tour environnée d'un mauvais fossé. C'est la demeure des percepteurs d'un droit de péage, qui est d'un châhi par charge, et d'un droit de capitation pour les Arméniens et les Juifs, qui est d'une demi-piastre aïn. Les habitations sont éparses dans le reste de cette vallée, appelée Kovristoún.. [When we are further along, we see, on the left of the road, three round cisterns and two others in barrel vaults, vaulted and built of bricks, and a few steps away a tower surrounded by a bad ditch. It is the residence of the collectors of a toll, which is one shāhi per charge, and of a poll tax for Armenians and Jews, which is half a piastre ain. The dwellings are scattered in the rest of this valley, called Kovristoún.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 424
SOURCE for Kuristan
« Kuristan (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« At 9 miles pass the dilapidated caravanserai of Kaleh Puru, with cistern (dry in March 1907) and uninhabited, the fort lying half a mile to the north of the road. At 10 miles a water-course, containing pools of water, is crossed, 80 yards broad, and banks 10 feet high. At 10½ miles and 11½ miles, pass lines of ruined qanāts. The road now becomes very stony, and sparsely covered with scrub. At 12½ miles reach the caravanserai of Kūristan. The foot hills of the Gishū range are now three miles to the north; the hills to the south, known as the Küh-i-Rasül, are two miles distant. Water. From cisterns at caravanserai and 6 wells mile N.-W » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 30
SOURCE for Rarestoun
« 20 février. Même direction: après une heure de marche, Rarestoun avec un caravansérail et quelques maisons, mais sans habitants. [February 20. Same direction: after an hour's walk, Rarestoun with a caravanserai and a few houses, but without inhabitants.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 533
SOURCE for Village 12 Leagues to Gamron
« In that posture I went away the 19. and got that day to a great Village within 12. Leagues of the City of Gamron, and took up my lodging at the Calenter's of the place. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 5

R55-028b ruined bridge
R55-028b ruined bridge : place IRN (bridge)
VARIANT names: Latidan Bridge (west end) ,
SOURCE for Latidan Bridge (west end)
« To return to our road, on the north bank of the river, about half a mile from the road, will be seen two bridges, each of about 40 arches, of stone and still almost intact. The river has long ago changed its bed, and left the bridges standing useless on the bank. Like almost all other public works of utility and beauty in Persia, these bridges are the work of Shah Abbas. » #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 154

R55-028 Kichal
R55-028 Kichal : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Nimeh Kar , Nimehkar , نيمه كار , نيمهكار ,
VARIANT names: Kichal , Nimeh Kar ,
SOURCE for Kichal
« Kichal ? » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Fin G-40B 1941}
« nous voyons les ruines d'un pont fort long dont il y a encore une trentaine d'arcades debout; il aura été abandonné parce que le torrent a changé de lit. A environ trois portées de fusil de là, nous nous trouvons en face du torrent qui était considérablement grossi par les pluies de la veille; le mimandhar voulût le passer, mais son cheval perdit pied et tous les deux disparurent un instant; ils eurent beaucoup de peine à s'en tirer. Quant à nous, nous fumes obligés de chercher, en tournant sur la gauche, quelque village afin de trouver de la paille et de l'orge pour nos chevaux, en attendant que le torrent devint guéable; ... . Nous arrivons à la nuit au village de Kichal où nous passâmes la nuit. [we see the ruins of a very long bridge of which there are still around thirty arches standing; it will have been abandoned because the torrent has changed bed. About three gunshots away, we found ourselves facing the torrent which had been considerably swollen by the rains of the day before; the mimandhar wanted to pass him, but his horse lost his footing and both disappeared for an instant; they had great difficulty getting out of it. As for us, we were obliged to look, turning to the left, for some village in order to find straw and barley for our horses, while waiting for the torrent to become fordable; .... We arrived at night at the village of Kichal where we spent the night.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 534
SOURCE for Nimeh Kar

R55-030 Bender-Abassy
R55-030 Bender-Abassy : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar `Abbas , Bandar `Abbasi , Bandar-e `Abbas , Cambarao , Gombroon , Gumrun , Port Comorao , بندر عباس , بندر عباس , بندر عباسی , گمبرن ,
VARIANT names: Bandar , Bandar Abbas , Bandar port , Bandel , Bandel do Comorão , Bander - Abassi , Bander goomroone , Bander-Abaffie , Banderabassi , Bander-Abassi , Banderabassy , Bender Abaʃʃi , Bender gomrow , Bender-Abassy , Bender-Abbassi , Camarão , Combrú , Comerão , Gambrun , Gamron , Gamru , Gamrun , Gombroon , Gombrun , Goumeron , Hurmuz or Bandar ,
SOURCE for Bandar
« so that I re|solv'd to get to Bandar, whatever it cost me, out of the confidence I had that there, among so many Merchants of several Nations who trade thither, I should find some ease. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 6
SOURCE for Bandar Abbas
« There are grounds for believing that the town is situated on or near the site of the small fishing village of Shahrū (see Iṣṭakhri, 67) or Shahruvā (see the Ḥudūd al-ʿAlam, 124 and 375). When the neighbouring island of Djarūn (or Djarrūn) ceased to be so called and was given instead the name of Hormuz at the beginning of the 8th/14th century, the former name was transferred to Shahrū. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 1 p. 1013
« trockensten, allerheißesten, giftigsten, ungesundesten, verfluchtesten und der Hölle schatverwande Ormusschen Seehafen und Stadt Gamron oder Bandar 'Abbas. [driest, hottest, most poisonous, unhealthy, most cursed and hell-bound Ormuz seaport and city of Gamron or Bandar 'Abbas.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 125
« Leaving Chahaly, immediately dropped into the wide bed of a river with high sandstone cliffs on each side. This we followed for 20 minutes, and then ascending the cliffs to the right by a sharp, short pass, got into a lot of curious sandstone hills cut up in every direction into funny forms and peaks by the effects of running water, Followed along a road in the plateau of sandstone, which was nothing but a series of narrow troughs cut by the innumerable feet of donkeys and assisted by rain, for over an hour, and then descending quickly, came on to the sands which surround Bandar Abbas. » #3120 John Richard Preece, Notes of a journey made between Shiraz and Jashk, via Fassa, Darab, Bandar Abbas, and Minab, Superintendent Government Printing, India, Calcutta, 1884 ~ p. 22
« 1614. (The Captain-major) “under orders of Dom Luis da Gama returned to succour Comorão, but found the enemy’s fleet already there and the fort surrendered.…News which was heard by Dom Luis da Gama and most of the people of Ormuz in such way as might be expected, some of the old folks of Ormuz prognosticating at once that in losing Comorão Ormuz itself would be lost before long, seeing that the former was like a barbican or outwork on which the rage of the Persian enemy spent itself, giving time to Ormuz to prepare against their coming thither.” - Bocarro, Decada, 349. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
« from Lar to Bandar (28). And that is where the harbour of Hormuz (29) is, fn. 28 By "Bandar" (lit., harbour) Nikitin means Old Hormuz (see next note).fn. 29 Hormuz is an island and old seaport in the Persian Gulf. Old Hormuz stood on the coast. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
SOURCE for Bandar port
« Ho dominguo pela menhaam chegaram ao porto de banda que está na terra firme tres legoas d ormuz, [On Sunday morning they arrived at the port of Banda, which is on dry land three leagues from Ormuz,] » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 235
SOURCE for Bandel
« fn. 11 In referring to the general area of the Persian littoral, Silva y Figueroa employs the Portuguese term Bandel, based on Persian bandar (meaning “harbor city”); this region corresponds to the present-day Iranian province of Hormozgān, which faces the Persian Gulf near the Straits of Hormuz (see p. 244) » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 246
« fn. 94 The Persian word bandar, meaning “harbor city,” refers to the Persian littoral around
Gamrū [Bandar-e ʿAbbās]; see YandB, 58, s.v. “bandel.” For the province in which the Bandel
is located, see p. 246 n. 11. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 285
The next morning the sultan of the Bandel, under whose jurisdiction [fol. 476r] falls the section of mainland between Gamrū and the island of Qeshm, » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 732
« The Portuguese were detained "some days" at the port of Bandel, taking horses (canalgaduras) to ride upon, and camels for their possessions (fato), and sundry other things for their journey. Our author, in a brief note, describes Bandel (Bandar Abbas) as a place of thatched houses, inhabited by poor people, living in a land well provided with dates. » #3255 Ronald Bishop Smith., The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970 ~ p. 64
SOURCE for Bandel do Comorão
« The origins of Bandel do Comorão lay in the period after the Portuguese took Hormuz in 1515 during ‘the time of the Kings of Lar who allowed them to stay there so they could better supply Ormuz.’ (5) The island’s hereditary rulers had traditionally claimed allegiance from parts of Mughestan and Birunat from which were derived significant revenues.(6)
fn. 5 CASA OCD 234/d, Fr Redento de la Cruz, Relación. chap. XXX, f.1
fn. 6 Aubin, Jean. 1973 ‘Le Royaume d’Ormuz au début du XVIe siècle’, Mare Luso-Indicum, vol 2, 107-8. Mughestan comprised the coastal territory east of the Strait of Hormuz between Minab in the north and the southern coast at Jask. Minab, Manujan and Vaskird, north-east of the Strait, represented three districts of Birunat from which Hormuz earned revenues. » #1698 Faridany, E. K., Signal Defeat: the Portuguese Loss of Comorão in 1614 and its Political and Commercial Consequences at Portugal, The Persian Gulf and Safavid Persia Conference, 8-9 September 2007 The Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC, Washington, 2007 ~ p.2
SOURCE for Bander - Abassi
« On a à la gauche les montagnes, et la mer à la droite, mais à tant de distance qu'on ne la voit que quand on est tout proche de Bander - Abassi; on dé- couvre sur la route plusieurs bois de dattiers, qui sont les maisons d'été des gens de ces pays- là. A cinq cents pas de la ville, il y a un bureau de raalidars, ou gardes des grands chemins, qui sert de bornes au gouvernement de Laar, lequel s'étend jusqu'en ce lieu. Je fus mettre pied à terre au bureau de la compagnie des Indes orientales de France , dont un fort honnête homme de Dijon, nommé M. Perrot , ëtolt le chef. [We have the mountains on the left, and the sea on the right, but at such a distance that we only see it when we are very close to Bander - Abassi; On the road we discover several date palm groves, which are the summer homes of the people of these countries. Five hundred steps from the town, there is an office of raalidars, or guards of the highways, which serves as boundaries for the government of Laar, which extends to this place. I disembarked at the office of the French East India Company, of which a very honest man from Dijon, named M. Perrot, was the head.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 505-6
SOURCE for Bander goomroone
19 The 19th daye being Fridaye we came to Bander goomroone [Gombroon], being the port,wch place we did long to see; and att lengtht the almighti God out of His bountiful merciehath brought vs safe, haueing past thorow great many misseries and troubles. This night Mr.Robert Hedges, a gentn and being a spetiall freind of mine, agreed wth my self for to ride thorow to the towne being 7 lges., and lighted att the English howse, wher we were courteousely entertayned.Here we took our lodging this night.
SOURCE for Bander-Abaffie
« « Endlich den 15, Octobr.noch fruhe mors gens bey guter Zeit langten wir vor Ban- der-Abaffie an: wurden ganz gutig und ungehindert eingelassen/ und gleich im ersten Eingang von verschiedenen Euro påern freundlichst begrússet/uud in gelegene Caravanfera eingewiesen. [Finally, on October 15th, early in the morning, we arrived at Bander-Abaffie in good time. We were let in very easily and without hindrance and were greeted very kindly by several Europeans at the first entrance and shown to the nearby caravan site.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707~ » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 272-3
SOURCE for Banderabassi
« Banderabassi » in {map#980 Plan particulier du golfe de Perse, depuis les caps de Rosalgatte et de Jasque, jusqu'à Bassora / [d'Après de Mannevillette] ; Dheulland sculp, Anonyme, Guillaume Dheulland, Graveur, 1700-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE DD-2987 (6746)} see AHduGP map 74
SOURCE for Bander-Abassi
« De Bend-Ali au Bander-Abassi il n'y a plus que deux grandes lieues, et la plus grande partie du chemin est un pays de palmiers. [From Bend-Ali to Bander-Abassi there are only two long leagues, and the greater part of the way is a country of palm trees.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 326
« Le 20, me trouvant pressé par les médecins d'emmener mes gens hors du Bander-Abassi, [On the 20th, finding myself under pressure from the doctors to take my people out of Bander-Abassi,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 78
SOURCE for Banderabassy
« I left Surat on February 21, 1671, on an English ship bound for the port of Banderabassy, from where I set out by land on March 25, to go as far as Babylon. » #3606 Voyage des Indes orientales, mêlé de plusieurs histoires curieuses, par M. Carré.., Vve de C. Barbin, Paris, 1699 ~ vol. 1 p. 143
SOURCE for Bender Abaʃʃi
« us from the Fort of Bender Abaʃʃi, it we had come there in the Night time, and therefore we parted not from Bendali till next day at half an hour after two in the Morning, and a little after five a Clock we came to the Houſe of a Rhadar near the Town of Bender, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 135
SOURCE for Bender gomrow
« The second of August about mid- night, I arrived at Bender gomrow, where the Portugals keepe a Castle with seven or eight Souldiers, within it. And this Bender gomrow, which is on the mayne land, was sometimes the Kings of Lar, and after that Abreham Cans, and so it came to the King of Ormus. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Bender-Abassy
« 27 avril. Les chameaux sont en effet arrivés, et j'espère enfin quitter Bender-Abassy, où la chaleur est extrême, et l'air excessivement mauvais. [April 27. The camels have indeed arrived, and I hope to finally leave Bender-Abassy, where the heat is extreme, and the air extremely bad. ] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 585
SOURCE for Bender-Abbassi
« Nous arrivâmes à midi à Bender-Abbassi . Le commandant eut la bonté de venir nous recevoir à la porte de sa maison . [We arrived at Bender-Abbassi at noon.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 390
SOURCE for Camarão
« GOMBROON, n.p. The old name in European documents of the place on the Persian Gulf now known as Bandar ’Abbas, or ’Abbasi. The latter name was given to it when Shah ’Abbas, after the capture and destruction of the island city of Hormuz, established a port there. The site which he selected was the little town of Gambrún. This had been occupied by the Portuguese, who took it from the ‘King of Lar’ in 1612, but two years later it was taken by the Shah. The name is said (in the Geog. Magazine, i. 17) to be Turkish, meaning ‘a Custom House.’ The word alluded to is probably gumruk, which has that meaning, and which is again, through Low Greek, from the Latin commercium. But this etymology of the name seems hardly probable. That indicated in the extract from A. Hamilton below is from Pers. kamrun, ‘a shrimp,’ or Port. camarão, meaning the same. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
SOURCE for Combrú
« 1622.—“That evening, at two hours of the night, we started from below that fine tree, and after travelling about a league and a half…we arrived here in Combrú, a place of decent size and population on the sea-shore, which the Persians now-a-days, laying aside as it were the old name, call the ‘Port of Abbas,’ because it was wrested from the Portuguese, who formerly possessed it, in the time of the present King Abbas.”—P. della Valle, ii. 413; [in Hak. Soc. i. 3, he calls it Combu]. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
SOURCE for Comerão
« No entanto o rei da Persia tinhase já apoderado em 1614 do forte de Comerão na terra firme, a tres leguas de Ormuz e das ilhas de Baharem e de Queixome, aquella muito rica por causa da pesca das perolas, e esta porque abastecia Ormuz de agua doce e de refrescos. [However, in 1614 the king of Persia had already taken over the fort of Comerão on the mainland, three leagues from Ormuz and the islands of Baharem and Queixome, the former very rich because of pearl fishing, and the latter because it supplied Ormuz with water. candy and refreshments] » #2280 Manoel Bernardes Branco, Portugal e os estrangeiros, Livraria De A. M. Pereira, Lisboa, 1879 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for Gambrun
« Of these possibly Najiram may stand for the island of Jarm on which the later town of Hurmuz stood. Karman is the Carmon of p. 76, n. 1, and p. 77, n. 1, i.e., Gambrun, which is not far from the site of Hurmuz in Mas'udi's time. » #40 Barbosa, Duarte, The Book of Duarte Barbosa, an Account of the Countries Bordering on the Indian Ocean and Their Inhabitants. Translated by M. L. Dames, Hakluyt Society:Asian Educational Services, London:New Delhi, 1918-21:2002 ~ p.79 notes
SOURCE for Gamron
« bezitten wij min of meer uitgebreide aanteekeningen van de hand der vele Europeanen, die hunne lotgevallen hebben te boek gesteld). Sedert echter Gamron (Bender-Abbas) in de tweede helft der 18de eeuw zijn plaats als [We have more or less extensive notes by many Europeans who have recorded their adventures. However, since Gamron (Bender-Abbas) took its place in the second half of the 18th century] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. V
« The path from here to Gamron extends eastward, and partly along the shore. » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
« Den 29. dito zyn wy na Bendar Abaafi vertrokken, en tot Gamron (zynde de zelve ſtad, na Abaaz Bandar Abaafi genaamd) gekomen. [On the 29th we left Bendar Abaafi and came to Gamron (the same city called Bandar Abaafi after Abaaz).] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 267
SOURCE for Gamru
« However, in 1622, when Hormuz changed hands, most buildings were destroyed and the Safavides decided to divert all traffic to Gamru, on the mainland opposite of Hormuz. The rise of Gamru, named Bandar 'Abbàs by their new masters, caused the final decline of Hormuz. » #2023 Ralph Kauz and Roderich Ptak, Hormuz in Yuan and Ming sources, Bulletin de l'École française d'Extrême-Orient, ~ p. 29
« The tents were pitched next to the remains of the fortress of Gamrū, the same one that had been so infamously lost three years earlier,(3) the blame for which falls [margin: less heavily] on its defenders [margin: than upon those who failed to come to its aid]. [fol. 192v] The Ambassador was forced to tarry in this location for a few days in the blistering heat because horses had to be purchased for his servants and for the monks he had brought with him for the journey to Lār and Shirāz. fn 3 3 See p. 246, n. 11. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 289
SOURCE for Gamrun
« The great depot for the produce of India, China, and Persia, was then removed to Gombroon* and Ormuz, and has ever since remained in the hands of the Persian monarch. » fn. « * Gamrún, or Gamrú.-E » #253 Kempthorne, Lieut. G.B., Notes on a Survey along the Eastern Shores of the Persian Gulf in 1828, Royal Geographical Society, 1835
SOURCE for Gombroon
« The name Djarun was transferred to the small town and port of Suru or Shahru on the mainland 17 km to the north-west, where goods in transit to or from Hormuz were transhipped; this name became corrupted to Gamru and was further corrupted by Europeans into Gambrun, Gombrun and Gombroon. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 3 p. 585
« they returning to Gombroon, and we going on Three Pharsangs that Night to Band Ally (1) fn. 1 Band ’All, “the embankment of ’All,” about 9 miles S.W. of Bandar ’Abbas. “The first night (from Gombroon) we rode to Bandally, sixteene English miles (and most part along the Gulph)” » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 177
« Fourteene dayes are paſt ſince we entred Gombroon; the place has no fuch Magick to perfwade us to inhabit here. Our end is travell, why ftay we then? » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 124
«7th March. In the morning, about 9 in the morning, arrived at Gombroon with the Cheife, Mr. John Eaton Dodsworth, Mr. Dennis, Mr. Beavis and Batson who all came out a little way to meet me.
note: Diary of 6 March 1707/8.
Gombroon, the old name of Bandar 'Abbas. See Yule, Hobson-Jobson, s.v. Gombroon. For a description and illustration of the oity in 1705 see Le Bruyn, II, 73-75. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49-50
SOURCE for Gombrun
SOURCE for Goumeron
« Bandar Abbaffi is made of the destruction of Ormous, Portuguese call it Goumeron, There is Sultan with a small militia, who guards two small Castles: It is at twenty-eight degrees of latitude towards the Arctic Pole that, few people inhabit it in the East, because of the great. heat: The water there is bad and half salty, there is only one beach without a port, where ships arrive from all sides to negotiate. » #3465 Le Gouz de La Boullaye, Les voyages et obseruations du Sieur de La Boullaye-Le-Gouz, gentil-homme angeuin : ou` sont de´crites les religions, gouuernemens, et situations des estats et royaumes d'Italie, Grece, Natolie, Syrie, Perse, Palestine, Karamenie, Kalde´e, Assyrie, grand Mogol, Bijapour, Indes orientales des Portugais, Arabie, Egypte, Holande, grande Bretagne, Irlande, Dannemark, Pologne, isles et autres lieux d'Europe, Asie et Affrique, ou il a` seiourne´, le tout enrichy de belles figures ; et dedie´ a` l'Eminentissime Cardinal Capponi, Chez Geruais Clousier au Palais, sur les degrez de la Saincte Chapelle, Paris, 1653 ~ p. 115
SOURCE for Hurmuz or Bandar
« (35) Kishigan [? sic] to Hurmuzor Bandar (Gämbrun)-6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219

R55-015a Kou-Nemek
R55-015a Kou-Nemek : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: MT UFI: -3076388 coordinate: lat 28.7219 long 53.1562
NIMA/GNS names: Kuh-e Namak , کوه نمک ,
VARIANT names: Kou-Nemek , Kuh-e Namak ,
SOURCE for Kou-Nemek
« Nous laissâmes à notre droite la vallée du Tengui-Tachka et en- trâmes dans la montagne; après avoir fait envi- ron quatre farsangs, nous trouvâmes une autre rivière qui coule de l'est à l'ouest et va se jeter comme l'autre, dans le Tengui-Akoun; celui-ci vient de l'est et se dirige au sud-ouest pour aller se jeter dans le golfe, nous passâmes tout auprès; la carte de Lapie est assez exacte pour le cours de ces rivières. Nous passâmes au pied du Kou-Nemek (montagne de sel), ainsi nom- mée à cause de la grande quantité de sel qu'elle contient; [We left the valley of the Tengui-Tachka on our right and entered the mountain; after having made about four farsangs, we found another river which flows from east to west and flows like the other into the Tengui-Akoun; this one comes from the east and heads southwest to flow into the gulf, we passed very close by; Lapie's map is quite accurate for the course of these rivers. We passed at the foot of the Kou-Nemek (mountain of salt), so called because of the large quantity of salt it contains;] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 522
SOURCE for Kuh-e Namak